Руководство по эксплуатации jeep compass 2018

Посмотреть инструкция для Jeep Compass (2018) бесплатно. Руководство относится к категории автомобили, 59 человек(а) дали ему среднюю оценку 8.5. Руководство доступно на следующих языках: русский. У вас есть вопрос о Jeep Compass (2018) или вам нужна помощь? Задайте свой вопрос здесь

Не можете найти ответ на свой вопрос в руководстве? Вы можете найти ответ на свой вопрос ниже, в разделе часто задаваемых вопросов о Jeep Compass (2018).

Как перевести мили в километры?

Где я могу узнать идентификационный номер транспортного средства Jeep?

Что такое идентификационный номер транспортного средства (VIN)?

Когда транспортному средству Jeep требуется техническое обслуживание?

Когда следует заменять тормозную жидкость на Jeep?

В чем разница между топливом E10 и E5?

Одна или несколько дверей не открываются изнутри. Что мне делать?

Автомобильный радиоприемник не включается, что делать?

Инструкция Jeep Compass (2018) доступно в русский?

Не нашли свой вопрос? Задайте свой вопрос здесь

Источник
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Jeep Manuals
  4. Automobile
  5. COMPASS 2018

Manuals and User Guides for Jeep COMPASS 2018. We have 4 Jeep COMPASS 2018 manuals available for free PDF download: Owner’s Manual, User Manual, Quick Reference Manual, Vehicle Instruction Card

Источник
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Jeep Manuals
  4. Automobile
  5. COMPASS 2018
  6. Owner’s manual

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Bookmarks

Related Manuals for Jeep Compass 2018

Summary of Contents for Jeep Compass 2018

  • Page 1
    OW N E R ’ S M A N UA L 1 8 M P — 1 2 6 — E N A — A A ©2017 FCA US LLC. All Rights Reserved. Jeep is a registered trademark of FCA US LLC.

  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    Table of Contents …………..3 INTRODUCTION .

  • Page 6: Introduction

    INTRODUCTION • INTRODUCTION ……..4 • ROLLOVER WARNING …….4 •…

  • Page 7: Introduction

    When it comes to service, remember that your tured. Rollover Warning Label authorized dealer knows your Jeep® vehicle The Owner’s Manual illustrates and describes best, has factory-trained technicians and genu- Failure to use the driver and passenger seat the features that are standard or available as ine MOPAR®…

  • Page 8: How To Use This Manual

    In view of the many replacement parts and Your warranties do not cover any part that the The detailed index at the back of this Owner’s accessories from various manufacturers avail- manufacturer did not supply. Nor do they cover Manual contains a complete listing of all sub- able on the market, the manufacturer cannot be the cost of any repairs or adjustments that might jects.

  • Page 9: Warnings And Cautions

    WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS/ This Owner’s Manual contains WARNINGS ALTERATIONS against operating procedures that could result in a collision, bodily injury and/or death. It also WARNING! contains CAUTIONS against procedures that could result in damage to your vehicle. If you do Any modifications or alterations to this ve- not read this entire Owner’s Manual, you may hicle could seriously affect its roadworthiness…

  • Page 10: Graphical Table Of Contents

    GRAPHICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS • FRONT VIEW ……..8 •…

  • Page 11: Front View

    FRONT VIEW Front View 1 — Hood/Engine Compartment 4 — Wheels/Tires 2 — Headlights 5 — Exterior Mirrors 3 — Windshield 6 — Doors…

  • Page 12: Rear View

    REAR VIEW Rear View 1 — Rear Lights 2 — Rear Windshield Wiper 3 — Liftgate…

  • Page 13: Instrument Panel

    INSTRUMENT PANEL Instrument Panel 1 — Headlight Switch 5 — Instrument Cluster 2 — Air Vents 6 — Windshield Wiper Lever 3 — Multifunction Lever (Behind Steering Wheel) 7 — Glove Compartment 4 — Steering Wheel…

  • Page 14: Interior

    INTERIOR Interior Features 1 — Power Window Switches 5 — Climate Controls 2 — Seats 6 — Switch Panel 3 — Select Terrain Mode Knob — If Equipped 7 — Uconnect Radio 4 — Transmission Gear Selector (Automatic/Manual Options)

  • Page 16: Getting To Know Your Vehicle

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • KEYS ………17 •…

  • Page 17
    • Power Door Locks ……. .26 • Keyless Enter-N-Go — Passive Entry ….26 •…
  • Page 18
    • Turn Signals ……..39 • Lane Change Assist …….39 •…
  • Page 19
    • Wind Buffeting ……..58 • Sunroof Maintenance ……58 •…

  • Page 20: Keys

    KEYS Key Fob Your vehicle uses a keyless ignition system. The ignition system consists of a key fob with Re- mote Keyless Entry (RKE) and a START/STOP push button ignition system. The Remote Key- less Entry system consists of a key fob and Keyless Enter-N-Go feature if equipped.

  • Page 21
    1st Push Of Key Fob Unlock Button This feature lets you program the system to unlock either the driver’s door or all doors on the first push of the unlock button on the key fob. To change the current setting, refer to “Uconnect Settings”…

  • Page 22: Ignition Switch

    The START/STOP push button ignition has Skin oils may cause battery deterioration. If NOTE: three operating modes. The three modes are you touch a battery, clean it with rubbing When having the Sentry Key Immobilizer Sys- OFF, ON/RUN, and START. alcohol.

  • Page 23: Integrated/Manual Ignition — If Equipped

    ON/RUN CAUTION! • Driving mode. An unlocked vehicle is an invitation for • All the electrical devices are available. thieves. Always remove key fob from the vehicle and lock all doors when leaving the START vehicle unattended. • Start the engine. NOTE: WARNING! For further information, refer to «Starting The…

  • Page 24: Vehicle On Message

    The ignition switch is provided with a safety Electronic Steering Wheel Lock — If WARNING! (Continued) mechanism. If the engine fails to start, the Equipped Keyless Enter-N-Go, always make sure the ignition should be returned to the STOP/OFF Your vehicle may be equipped with a passive keyless ignition is in “OFF”…

  • Page 25: Remote Start Abort Message On The Instrument Cluster Display

    To drive the vehicle, push unlock button, insert To Enter Remote Start Mode WARNING! the key in the ignition and turn to the ON/RUN Push and release the remote start button on the • Do not start or run an engine in a closed position.

  • Page 26: To Exit Remote Start Mode And Drive The Vehicle

    NOTE: Remote Start Comfort Systems — If 2. This device must accept any interference To avoid unintentional shutdowns, the system received, including interference that may Equipped will disable with a one time push of the remote When remote start is activated, the heated cause undesired operation.

  • Page 27: Replacement Keys

    vehicle security alarm will provide the following key fob to start the engine. Either of these CAUTION! conditions will result in the engine being shut off audible and visible signals: • Always remove the key fobs from the ve- after two seconds. •…

  • Page 28: To Disarm The System

    To Disarm The System If the vehicle security alarm is armed and the WARNING! battery becomes disconnected, the vehicle se- The vehicle security alarm can be disarmed • For personal security and safety in the curity alarm will remain armed when the battery using any of the following methods: event of a collision, lock the vehicle doors is reconnected;…

  • Page 29: Power Door Locks

    Power Door Locks Keyless Enter-N-Go — Passive Entry A power door lock switch is located on each of The Passive Entry system is an enhancement to the front door trim panels. Use this switch to lock the vehicle’s Remote Keyless Entry system and or unlock the doors, liftgate and fuel door.

  • Page 30
    • There is a valid Passive Entry key fob outside Preventing Inadvertent Locking Of Passive Entry Key Fob In Vehicle (FOBIK-Safe) the vehicle and within 5 ft (1.5m) of either Passive Entry door handle. To minimize the possibility of unintentionally •…

  • Page 31: Automatic Unlock Doors On Exit

    • If Passive Entry is disabled using the door can only be opened by using the outside Uconnect System, the key protection de- door handle even if the inside door lock is in the scribed in «Preventing Inadvertent Locking of unlocked position.

  • Page 32: Seats

    down the window, and open the door with the Manual Seats — If Equipped WARNING! (Continued) outside door handle. Manual Front Seat Forward/Rearward • Seats should be adjusted before fastening Adjustment the seat belts and while the vehicle is WARNING! On models equipped with manual seats, the parked.

  • Page 33: Power Seats — If Equipped

    NOTE: Forward Or Rearward Adjustment You may experience deformation in the seat The seat can be adjusted both forward and cushion from the seat belt buckles if the seats rearward. Push the seat switch forward or rear- are left folded for an extended period of time. ward, the seat will move in the direction of the This is normal and by simply opening the seats switch.

  • Page 34: Front Heated Seats — If Equipped

    If the HI level setting is selected, the system will automatically switch to LO level after approxi- mately 60 minutes of continuous operation. At that time, the display will change from HI to LO, indicating the change. The LO level setting will turn off automatically after approximately 45 minutes.

  • Page 35: 60/40 Split Folding Rear Seat With Fold-Flat Feature

    To Raise The Rear Seat WARNING! (Continued) WARNING! (Continued) NOTE: • Do not place anything on the seat or seat- • Do not allow people to ride in any area of If interference from the cargo area prevents the back that insulates against heat, such as a your vehicle that is not equipped with seats seatback from fully locking, you will have diffi- blanket or cushion.

  • Page 36: Front Head Restraint Adjustment

    restraint to the forward most position and re- WARNING! WARNING! (Continued) lease. The head restraint will return to the rear • All occupants, including the driver, should • Head restraints should never be adjusted most position. not operate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle’s while the vehicle is in motion.

  • Page 37: Steering Wheel

    Heated Steering Wheel — If Equipped The steering wheel contains a heating element that helps warm your hands in cold weather. The heated steering wheel has only one temperature setting. Once the heated steering wheel has been turned on, it can operate for an average of 80 minutes or more before automatically shut- ting off.

  • Page 38: Mirrors

    WARNING! • Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medi- cation, exhaustion, or other physical condi- tions must exercise care when using the steering wheel heater. It may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods.

  • Page 39: Power Adjustment Mirrors

    Power Folding Mirror — If Equipped WARNING! The switch for the power folding mirrors is Vehicles and other objects seen in the pas- located in the power mirror switch. senger side convex mirror will look smaller Push the switch once and the mirrors will fold in, and farther away than they really are.

  • Page 40: Heated Mirrors — If Equipped

    Heated Mirrors — If Equipped 3. Pivot the sun visor toward the side window. From the O (off) position, rotating the headlight switch clockwise to the first detent will turn on 4. Extend the sun visor blade for additional sun These mirrors are heated to melt frost the vehicle’s parking lights.

  • Page 41: Multifunction Lever

    turn the system on, rotate the headlight switch Multifunction Lever obstructions on the windshield or camera clockwise to the last detent for automatic head- lens will cause the system to function The multifunction lever controls the operation of light operation. When the system is on, the improperly.

  • Page 42: Lights-On Reminder

    Lights-On Reminder To activate the front fog lights, push the upper ning Lamp will turn off on the side of the half of the headlight switch. To turn off the front vehicle in which the turn signal is flashing. If the headlights or parking lights are on after the fog lights, push the upper half of the headlight The Daytime Running Lamp will turn back on ignition is in the OFF position, a chime will…

  • Page 43: Battery Saver Feature

    load listed on the chart, aligns with the indicator INTERIOR LIGHTS With the parking lights or headlights on, rotating line on the switch. the instrument panel dimmer control upward will increase the brightness of the instrument panel Interior Courtesy Lights lights.

  • Page 44: Windshield Wiper Operation

    If the lever is pulled while the wipers are in the CAUTION! off position, the wipers will operate for several • Always remove any buildup of snow that wipe cycles, then turn off. prevents the windshield wiper blades from returning to the “park” position. If the wind- WARNING! shield wiper switch is turned off, and the Sudden loss of visibility through the wind-…

  • Page 45: Rear Window Wiper/Washer

    Rear Window Wiper/Washer NOTE: CLIMATE CONTROLS The rear wiper/washer controls are located on As a protective measure, the pump will stop if the windshield wiper/washer lever on the right the switch is held for more than 20 to 30 sec- Climate Controls Without A side of the steering column.

  • Page 46
    Climate Controls Description Icon Description MAX A/C Setting Press and release the MAX A/C Button in the touchscreen, or set the Temperature Control Knob to the MAX A/C Setting, to change the current setting to the coldest output of air. Pressing the button again, or moving the Temperature Control Knob away from the MAX A/C setting will cause the MAX A/C operation to exit.
  • Page 47
    Icon Description Rear Defrost Button Push and release the Rear Defrost Control button to turn ON the rear window defroster and the heated outside mirrors (if equipped). An indicator will illuminate when the rear window defroster is on. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after ten minutes.
  • Page 48
    Icon Description Floor Mode Floor Mode Air comes from the floor outlets. A slight amount of air is directed through the defrost and side window demister outlets. Mix Mode Mix Mode Air is directed through the floor, defrost, and side window demister outlets. This setting works best in cold or snowy condi- tions that require extra heat to the windshield.

  • Page 49: Climate Controls With A Touchscreen Overview

    Climate Controls With A Touchscreen Overview The controls for the heating and air conditioning system in this vehicle can consist of a series of outer rotary dials, inner push knobs, and/or a touchscreen. These comfort controls can be set to obtain desired interior conditions. Uconnect 4 With 7-inch Display Automatic Climate Controls…

  • Page 50
    Uconnect 4/4C NAV With 8.4-inch Display Automatic Climate Controls…
  • Page 51
    Climate Controls Description Icon Description MAX A/C Button Press and release the MAX A/C Button in the touchscreen to change the current setting to the coldest output of air. Pressing the button again will cause the MAX A/C operation to exit. A/C Button Press and release to change the current setting, the indicator illuminates when A/C is ON.
  • Page 52
    Icon Description Front Defrost Button Press and release the Front Defrost Button to change the current airflow setting to Defrost mode. Air comes from the windshield and side window demist outlets when this feature is on. When the defrost button is selected, the blower level may increase.
  • Page 53
    Icon Description Faceplate Knobs Blower Control Blower Control is used to regulate the amount of air forced through the climate system. There are seven blower speeds available. Adjusting the blower will cause automatic mode to switch to manual operation. The speeds can be selected us- ing either the blower control knob on the faceplate or the buttons on the touchscreen.
  • Page 54
    Icon Description Bi-Level Mode Bi-Level Mode Air comes from the instrument panel outlets and floor outlets. A slight amount of air is directed through the defrost and side window demister outlets. NOTE: Bi-Level mode is designed under comfort conditions to provide cooler air out of the panel outlets and warmer air from the floor outlets.

  • Page 55: Climate Control Functions

    Climate Control Functions Recirculation 3. When the system is set up for your comfort When outside air contains smoke, odors, or high level, it is not necessary to change the set- A/C (Air Conditioning) humidity, or if rapid cooling is desired, you may tings.

  • Page 56: Operating Tips

    Operating Tips Vacation/Storage Outside Air Intake Before you store your vehicle, or keep it out of Make sure the air intake, located directly in front NOTE: service (i.e., vacation) for two weeks or more, of the windshield, is free of obstructions, such as Refer to the chart at the end of this section for run the air conditioning system at idle for about leaves.

  • Page 57
    Operating Tips Chart…

  • Page 58: Windows

    To stop the window from going all the way up WINDOWS WARNING! during the Auto-Up operation, push down on the switch briefly. Power Window Controls Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. Do not leave the key fob in or near the vehicle The window controls on the driver’s door control To close the window part way, lift the window or in a location accessible to children, and do…

  • Page 59: Reset Auto-Up

    Reset Auto-Up POWER SUNROOF WITH Should the Auto-Up feature stop working, the POWER SHADE — IF window probably needs to be reset. To reset EQUIPPED Auto-Up: The power sunroof switches are located be- 1. Pull the window switch up to close the win- tween the sun visors on the overhead console.

  • Page 60: Opening Sunroof — Express

    from any position. The sunroof will close fully Push the switch and release it within one-half WARNING! second. The sunroof will open automatically to and stop automatically. This is called “Express • Never leave children unattended in a ve- the comfort stop position (if the sunshade is in Close.”…

  • Page 61: Opening Power Shade — Express

    (if equipped) in certain open or partially open Opening Power Shade — Express NOTE: positions. This is a normal occurrence and can Push the shade switch and release it within If the sunroof is open, the shade will close to the be minimized.

  • Page 62: Closing The Hood

    2. Move to the outside of the vehicle. The safety NOTE: CAUTION! latch release lever is located behind the front Use the interior door lock/unlock button on the door panel or the key fob to lock and unlock the edge of the hood at the center. Reach in at To prevent possible damage, do not slam the liftgate.

  • Page 63: Power Liftgate — If Equipped

    • If the power liftgate encounters multiple ob- NOTE: NOTE: structions within the same cycle, the system Before closing the liftgate, make sure to be in • Before closing the liftgate, make sure to be in will automatically stop. If this occurs, the possession of the key because the liftgate may possession of the key because the liftgate liftgate must be opened or closed manually.

  • Page 64: Cargo Area Features

    • If the electronic liftgate release handle is Cargo Area Features 5. The rear shelf can be stored in the cargo pushed while the power liftgate is closing, the area, or behind the front seat backs. Removable Rear Shelf — If Equipped liftgate will reverse to the full open position.

  • Page 65
    Rear Shelf Removal Label Cargo Load Floor Positions Raised Load Floor — (Power Liftgate) Cargo Load Floor 1 — Upper Position 1 — Raised Load Floor 2 — Center Position 2 — Raised Floor Maximum Height The cargo load floor system has a load capacity 3 —…
  • Page 66
    Rear Storage Bins To provide additional storage area, each rear WARNING! (Continued) seat can be folded flat. This allows for extended The rear storage bins are located in the rear of The weight and position of cargo and pas- cargo space and still maintains some rear seat- the vehicle on the sides of the load floor.

  • Page 67: Internal Equipment

    INTERNAL EQUIPMENT NOTE: Make sure that objects inside the bin do not Storage interfere with the latch before closing the seat. Push the seat cushion downward after closing it Glove Compartment to make sure it latches to the base. The glove compartment is located on the pas- senger side of the instrument panel.

  • Page 68: Power Outlets

    There are two cupholders (if equipped) for the The front power outlet is located on the center NOTE: rear seat passengers, located in the center stack of the instrument panel. The rear cargo area power outlet can be armrest. switched from “ignition” only to constant “bat- tery”…

  • Page 69: Power Inverter — If Equipped

    power devices requiring power up to 150 Watts. ROOF LUGGAGE RACK — IF CAUTION! (Continued) Certain high-end game consoles will exceed this EQUIPPED • Accessories that draw higher power (i.e., power limit, as will most power tools. The load carried on the roof, when equipped coolers, vacuum cleaners, lights, etc.) will To turn on the power inverter outlet, simply plug with a luggage rack, must not exceed 150 lbs…

  • Page 70
    CAUTION! • To avoid damage to the roof rack and vehicle, do not exceed the maximum roof rack load capacity. Always distribute heavy loads as evenly as possible and secure the load appropriately. • Long loads, which extend over the wind- shield, such as wood panels or surfboards, should be secured to both the front and rear of the vehicle.

  • Page 72: Getting To Know Your Instrument Panel

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ……70 • Instrument Cluster Descriptions ……72 •…

  • Page 73: Instrument Cluster

    INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Base Instrument Cluster…

  • Page 74
    Premium Instrument Cluster…

  • Page 75: Instrument Cluster Descriptions

    important information about your vehicle’s sys- Instrument Cluster Descriptions WARNING! tems and features. Using a driver interactive 1. Tachometer display located on the instrument panel, your A hot engine cooling system is dangerous. • Indicates the engine speed in revolutions instrument cluster display can show you how You or others could be badly burned by per minute (RPM x 1000).

  • Page 76: Instrument Cluster Display Menu Items

    • Left Arrow Button Push and release the left arrow button to access the information screens or submenu screens of a main menu item. • OK Button Push the OK button to access/select the infor- mation screens or submenu screens of a main menu item.

  • Page 77
    the left or right arrow button to cycle through 5. Battery Voltage ACC SET the Vehicle Info submenus and follow the When ACC is set, the set speed will display in Displays the actual battery voltage prompts on each screen as needed. the instrument cluster.
  • Page 78
    Fuel Economy right arrow button to select Trip A or Trip B. The and release the OK button to enter the sub- Push and release the up or down arrow button Trip information will display the following: menus and follow the prompts on the screen as until the Fuel Economy menu title is displayed in needed.
  • Page 79
    Current Gear — If Equipped Display Safety And Assistance • On By selecting Display, the following settings can By selecting the item Safety and Assistance, the be selected: following adjustments can be made: • Off (default setting) • Language: select the language in which to •…

  • Page 80: Battery Saver On/Battery Saver Mode Message — Electrical Load Reduction Actions — If Equipped

    • Buzzer Volume: There are four options: Off, • Cornering Lights (If Equipped): activate/ Compass Low, Medium, Loud deactivate the cornering lights By selecting Compass, the following settings • Brake Service (If Equipped): activation of the • Auto High Beam (If Equipped): activate/ can be changed: procedure to carry out braking system deactivate the automatic high beam head-…

  • Page 81
    • The battery was recently replaced and was In cases when the IBS detects charging system The electrical loads that may be switched off (if failure, or the vehicle battery conditions are equipped), and vehicle functions which can be not charged completely. deteriorating, electrical load reduction actions effected by load reduction: •…

  • Page 82: Trip Computer

    • The vehicle should have service performed if position. Elapsed time will increment when the the air bag has been detected, it will stay on until the message is still present during consecu- ignition switch is in the ON or START position. the fault is cleared.

  • Page 83
    The light will remain on until the cause is cor- The light also will turn on when the parking WARNING! rected. brake is applied with the ignition switch in the Continued operation with reduced assist ON/RUN position. NOTE: could pose a safety risk to yourself and NOTE: The light may flash momentarily during sharp others.
  • Page 84
    shut off the engine as soon as possible. A chime your authorized dealer if the message remains a bulb check. If the light does not come on during starting, have the system checked by an will sound when this light turns on. after restarting the engine.

  • Page 85: Yellow Warning Lights

    Yellow Warning Lights remains on after several ignition cycles, and the marker. The warning light will flash when the vehicle has been driven several miles (kilome- vehicle is crossing the lane marker. — Anti-Lock Brake (ABS) Warning Light ters) at speeds greater than 30 mph (48 km/h), Refer to “LaneSense —…

  • Page 86
    called OBD II that monitors engine and auto- — Service Stop/Start System Warning CAUTION! matic transmission control systems. The light Light — If Equipped will illuminate when the ignition is in the ON/ This telltale will turn on to indicate the Stop/Start Prolonged driving with the Malfunction Indi- RUN position before engine start.

  • Page 87: Yellow Indicator Lights

    ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your ve- the malfunction exists. When the malfunction — Towing Hook Breakdown Warning hicle has tires of a different size than the size indicator is illuminated, the system may not be Light — If Equipped indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation able to detect or signal low tire pressure as This light illuminates when there is a failure with…

  • Page 88
    — 4WD Low Indicator Light — If Light” comes on continuously with the engine Forward Collision Warning Off Indicator Equipped running, a malfunction has been detected in the Light — If Equipped This light alerts the driver that the vehicle is in ESC system.

  • Page 89: White Indicator Lights

    White Indicator Lights — Set Speed Warning Light — If — Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set Equipped With Target Detected Indicator Light — If — Cruise Control Ready Indicator When Set Speed Warning is turned on, the Equipped This light will turn on when the speed control is speed warning telltale will illuminate in the in- This light will turn on when the Adaptive Cruise ready, but not set.

  • Page 90: Blue Indicator Lights

    NOTE: Gray Indicator Lights technician in making repairs. Although your ve- hicle will usually be drivable and not need • A continuous chime will sound if the vehicle is — Active Speed Limiter ON Indicator towing, see an authorized dealer for service as driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km) with either Light soon as possible.

  • Page 91
    WARNING! • ONLY an authorized service technician should connect equipment to the OBD II connection port in order to diagnose or service your vehicle. • If unauthorized equipment is connected to the OBD II connection port, such as a driver-behavior tracking device, it may: •…

  • Page 92: Safety

    SAFETY • SAFETY FEATURES ……. .90 • Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ……90 •…

  • Page 93: Safety Features

    SAFETY FEATURES ABS is designed to function with the OEM tires. WARNING! Modification may result in degraded ABS perfor- • The ABS contains sophisticated electronic mance. Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) equipment that may be susceptible to in- The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) provides Anti-Lock Brake Warning Light terference caused by improperly installed increased vehicle stability and brake perfor-…

  • Page 94
    gether to enhance both vehicle stability and system, you must apply continuous braking Dynamic Steering Torque (DST) control in various driving conditions. pressure during the stopping sequence, (do not Dynamic Steering Torque is a feature of the ESC “pump” the brakes). Do not reduce brake pedal and Electric Power Steering (EPS) modules that Your vehicle may also be equipped with Ready pressure unless braking is no longer desired.
  • Page 95
    dition. Engine power may also be reduced to input and the speed of the vehicle. When ERM WARNING! (Continued) determines that the rate of change of the steer- help the vehicle maintain the desired path. traction afforded by prevailing road condi- ing wheel angle and vehicle’s speed are suffi- ESC uses sensors in the vehicle to determine tions.
  • Page 96
    ESC Operating Modes wheel spin than normally allowed. This mode WARNING! (Continued) may be useful if the vehicle becomes stuck. NOTE: • Trailer Sway control (TSC) is disabled To enter the “Partial Off” mode, momentarily Depending upon model and mode of operation, when the ESC system is in the “Partial Off”…
  • Page 97
    To turn ESC on again, momentarily push the remains on after several ignition cycles, and the The “ESC OFF Indicator Light” in- “ESC Off” switch. This will restore the “ESC On” vehicle has been driven several miles (kilome- dicates the customer has elected to mode of operation.
  • Page 98
    • Vehicle is on a downhill grade of insufficient 3. Active (feature is enabled and actively con- WARNING! magnitude (less than approximately 8%), is trolling vehicle speed). HDC is only intended to assist the driver in on level ground, or is on an uphill grade. Enabling HDC controlling vehicle speed when descending •…
  • Page 99
    • HSA will work in REVERSE gear and all are in LO or HI speed. When Rain Brake Sup- WARNING! forward gears. The system will not activate if port is active, there is no notification to the driver • If you use a trailer brake controller with the transmission is in PARK or NEUTRAL.

  • Page 100: Auxiliary Driving Systems

    • The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system may system is operational. The BSM system sensors WARNING! operate when the vehicle is in any forward gear experience drop outs (blinking on and off) of If TSC activates while driving, slow the ve- or REVERSE and enters stand-by mode when the side mirror Warning Indicator lamps when hicle down, stop at the nearest safe location,…

  • Page 101
    issued. In addition to the audible alert the radio Entering From The Rear (if on) will also be muted. Vehicles that come up from behind your vehicle on either side and enter the rear detection zone with a relative speed of less than 30 mph (48 km/h).
  • Page 102
    RCP monitors the rear detection zones on both WARNING! sides of the vehicle, for objects that are moving toward the side of the vehicle with a minimum The Blind Spot Monitoring system is only an speed of approximately 3 mph (5 km/h), to aid to help detect objects in the blind spot objects moving a maximum of approximately zones.

  • Page 103: Forward Collision Warning (Fcw) With Mitigation — If Equipped

    Modes Of Operation when a detected object is present. Whenever an RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the Three selectable modes of operation are avail- audible alert is requested, the radio volume is following two conditions: able in the Uconnect System. Refer to reduced.

  • Page 104
    be provided with audible and visual warnings When the system determines a collision with the FCW Settings and may provide a brake jerk warning. vehicle in front of you is no longer probable, the The forward collision menu setting is located in warning message will be deactivated.

  • Page 105: Tire Pressure Monitor System (Tpms)

    possible collision with the vehicle in front using FCW Limited Warning 2. This device must accept any interference audible/visual warnings and it applies autono- If the instrument cluster display reads “FCW received, including interference that may mous braking. Limited Functionality” or “FCW Limited Func- cause undesired operation.

  • Page 106
    The TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire ambient temperature is 68°F (20°C) and the CAUTION! (Continued) pressure if the tire pressure falls below the measured tire pressure is 28 psi (193 kPa), a ket wheels and may contribute to a poor low-pressure warning limit for any reason, in- temperature drop to 20°F (-7°C) will decrease overall system performance or sensor…
  • Page 107
    efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect Tire Pressure Monitoring Low Pressure providing the system fault still exists. The “Tire the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Warnings Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light” will turn off when the fault condition no longer exists. A •…
  • Page 108
    3. After driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes NOTE: above 15 mph (24 km/h), the “TPMS Telltale It is particularly important for you to check the tire pressure in all of the tires on your vehicle Light” will flash on and off for 75 seconds and monthly and to maintain the proper pressure.
  • Page 109
    The vehicle may need to be driven for up to Vehicles With Compact Spare or Non- 5. Once you repair or replace the original road Matching Full Size Spare 20 minutes above 15 mph (24 km/h) in order for tire and reinstall it on the vehicle in place of the TPMS to receive this information.

  • Page 110: Occupant Restraint Systems

    TPM SYSTEM” message in the instrument clus- OCCUPANT RESTRAINT ter but dashes (—) will remain in place of the SYSTEMS pressure values. Some of the most important safety features in To reactivate the TPMS, replace all four wheel your vehicle are the restraint systems: and tire assemblies (road tires) with tires equipped with TPM sensors.

  • Page 111: Seat Belt Systems

    Initial Indication 5. You should read the instructions provided WARNING! (Continued) with your child restraint to make sure that you If the driver is unbuckled when the ignition • A deploying passenger front air bag can are using it properly. switch is first in the START or ON/RUN position, cause death or serious injury to a child a chime will signal for a few seconds.

  • Page 112
    Change of Status The seat belt webbing retractor will lock only WARNING! (Continued) during very sudden stops or collisions. This If the driver or outboard front seat passenger (if • Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a feature allows the shoulder part of the seat belt equipped with outboard front passenger seat seat and using a seat belt properly.
  • Page 113
    rear seat (for vehicles equipped with a rear WARNING! WARNING! (Continued) seat). Grasp the latch plate and pull out the • A lap belt worn too high can increase the • A seat belt that is worn under your arm is seat belt.
  • Page 114
    4. Position the lap belt so that it is snug and lies Lap/Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure Use the following procedure to untwist a twisted low across your hips, below your abdomen. lap/shoulder belt. To remove slack in the lap belt portion, pull up on the shoulder belt.
  • Page 115
    4. When the seat belt is long enough to fit, WARNING! insert the latch plate into the buckle until you • Wearing your seat belt incorrectly could hear a “click.” make your injuries in a collision much worse. You might suffer internal injuries, or you could even slide out of the seat belt.
  • Page 116
    seat belt reduces the risk of sliding under the Position the lap belt snug and low below the WARNING! (Continued) abdomen and across the strong bones of the seat belt in a collision. not be able to provide proper restraint and hips.

  • Page 117: Supplemental Restraint Systems (Srs)

    • The Air Bag Warning Light does not come on Supplemental Restraint Systems Air Bag Warning Light The ORC monitors the readiness of during the four to eight seconds when the (SRS) the electronic parts of the air bag ignition switch is first in the ON/RUN position. Some of the safety features described in this system whenever…

  • Page 118
    Redundant Air Bag Warning Light WARNING! (Continued) If a fault with the Air Bag Warning • Only use a rear-facing child restraint in a Light is detected, which could affect vehicle with a rear seat. the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), the Redundant Air Bag Driver And Passenger Front Air Bag Warning Light will illuminate on the Features…
  • Page 119
    ample, some pole collisions, truck underrides, or younger should ride properly buckled up in a WARNING! and angle offset collisions. rear seat, if available. According to crash statis- • No objects should be placed over or near tics, children are safer when properly restrained On the other hand, depending on the type and the air bag on the instrument panel or in the rear seats rather than in the front.
  • Page 120
    • Both indicator lights do not come on as a NEVER assume the Passenger Advanced Front ing the desired setting in the instrument cluster display menu. For more information on how to self-check when the ignition is first in the Air Bag is deactivated unless the Passenger Air access the instrument cluster display, refer to START or ON/RUN position.
  • Page 121
    DISABLING (OFF) the Passenger Advanced Action Information Action Information Front Air Bag Scroll Up or Down A single chime will NOTE: To DISABLE (OFF) the Passenger Advanced to Passenger AIR- sound with the Pas- Front Air Bag, access the instrument cluster If the Passenger senger AIRBAG BAG OFF “…
  • Page 122
    ENABLING (ON) The Passenger Advanced Action Information Action Information Front Air Bag Scroll Up or Down A single chime will NOTE: Access the instrument cluster display main to Passenger AIR- sound with the Pas- menu located in the instrument cluster by push- If the Passenger senger AIRBAG ON BAG ON “…
  • Page 123
    Supplemental Seat-Mounted Side Air Bags WARNING! WARNING! (SABs) are located in the outboard side of the • Never place a rear-facing child restraint in Do not use accessory seat covers or place front seats. The SABs are marked with a “SRS front of an air bag.
  • Page 124
    angles, or some side collisions that do not SABICs (if equipped with SABICs) may help WARNING! (Continued) reduce the risk of head and other injuries to front impact the area of the passenger compartment. • In order for the SABICs to work as in- and rear seat outboard occupants in certain side The Side Air Bags may deploy during angled or tended, do not install any accessory items…
  • Page 125
    if a rollover event may be in progress and If A Deployment Occurs WARNING! whether deployment is appropriate. In the event The front air bags are designed to deflate im- • Side Air Bags need room to inflate. Do not the vehicle experiences a rollover or near roll- mediately after deployment.
  • Page 126
    Do not drive your vehicle after the air bags have pressed. The hazard lights can be deacti- Customer Action Customer Will See deployed. If you are involved in another colli- vated by pressing the hazard light button. sion, the air bags will not be in place to protect •…
  • Page 127
    Maintaining Your Air Bag System Customer Action Customer Will See Customer Action Customer Will See WARNING! NOTE: NOTE: • Modifications to any part of the air bag Each step MUST BE held for at least two Each step MUST BE held for at least two seconds seconds system could cause it to fail when you need…

  • Page 128: Child Restraints — Carrying Children Safely

    NOTE: Everyone in your vehicle needs to be buckled up WARNING! (Continued) at all times, including babies and children. EC EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a accessories may be used. If it is necessary directive 2003/20/EC requires proper use of non-trivial crash situation occurs;…

  • Page 129
    There are different sizes and types of restraints shown. Always install your child restraint sys- WARNING! for children from newborn size to the child tem according to the child restraint manufac- Extreme Hazard! Do not place a rear-facing almost large enough for an adult safety belt. turer’s instructions, which must be included child restraint in front of an active air bag.
  • Page 130
    The rear-facing child restraint is restrained by the like the one in fig. B. This type of child restraint Group 3 vehicle’s seat belts, as shown in fig. A. The child is for older children who are too big for a Group seat restrains the child with its own harness.
  • Page 131
    Suitability Of Passenger Seats For WARNING! (Continued) WARNING! (Continued) Universal Child Restraint System Use • After a child restraint is installed in the • When your child restraint is not in use, According to the European Directive 2000/3/EC, vehicle, do not move the vehicle seat for- secure it in the vehicle with the seat belt or the suitability of each passenger seat position ward or rearward because it can loosen the…
  • Page 132
    5. Can the child stay seated like this for the ISOFIX Restraint System Locating The ISOFIX Anchorages whole trip? The lower anchorages are round If the answer to any of these questions was “no,” bars that are found at the rear of the then the child still needs to use a Group 2 or seat cushion where it meets the 3 child restraint in this vehicle.
  • Page 133
    ISOFIX child restraint systems will be equipped Center Seat ISOFIX Suitability Of Passenger Seats For ISOFIX with a rigid bar on each side. Each will have a Child Restraint System Use connector to attach to the lower anchorage and The table below shows the various installation WARNING! a way to tighten the connection to the anchor- possibilities for ISOFIX child restraint systems…
  • Page 134
    Vehicle ISOFIX Positions Table Intermedi- Front Rear Out- Intermediate Mass Group Size Class Fixture Rear Center ate Out- Other Sites Passenger board Rt./Lt. Center board ISO/R1 IUF/IUF 0 — up to 10 kg ISO/R1 IUF/IUF ISO/R2 IUF/IUF 0+ — up to 13 kg ISO/R3 IUF/IUF…
  • Page 135
    will be installed as described here. When 5. Tighten all of the straps as you push the child Installing Child Restraints Using The Top using a Universal ISOFIX child restraint sys- Tether Anchorage: restraint rearward and downward into the tem, you can only use approved child re- seat.

  • Page 136: Transporting Pets

    Transporting Pets Exhaust Gas Air Bags deploying in the front seat could harm your pet. An unrestrained pet will be thrown WARNING! about and possibly injured, or injure a passen- Exhaust gases can injure or kill. They contain ger during panic braking or in a collision. carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless Pets should be restrained in the rear seat in pet and odorless.

  • Page 137: Safety Checks You Should Make Inside The Vehicle

    plete exhaust system and adjacent body areas comes on intermittently or remains on while WARNING! (Continued) for broken, damaged, deteriorated, or misposi- driving, have your authorized dealer service the • ALWAYS securely attach your floor mat tioned parts. Open seams or loose connections vehicle immediately.

  • Page 138: Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside The Vehicle

    Periodic Safety Checks You Should WARNING! (Continued) Make Outside The Vehicle • ONLY use the passenger’s side floor mat Tires on the passenger’s side floor area. Examine tires for excessive tread wear and • ALWAYS make sure objects cannot fall or uneven wear patterns.

  • Page 140: Starting And Operating

    • FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE OPERATION — IF EQUIPPED … .156 • Jeep Active Drive ……. .156 •…

  • Page 141
    • Possible Reasons The Engine Does Not Autostop … .158 • To Start The Engine While In Autostop Mode….159 •…
  • Page 142
    • Cleaning The ParkSense System ….. . .175 • ParkSense System Usage Precautions ….175 •…
  • Page 143
    • Trailer Hitch Attaching Points (Trailhawk Models) … . .211 • RECREATIONAL TOWING (BEHIND MOTORHOME, ETC.) ..211 • Towing This Vehicle Behind Another Vehicle ….211 •…

  • Page 144: Starting The Engine

    STARTING THE ENGINE Start the engine with the gear selector in the CAUTION! NEUTRAL or PARK position. Apply the brake Before starting your vehicle, adjust your seat, Damage to the transmission may occur if the before shifting to any driving range. adjust both inside and outside mirrors, and following precautions are not observed: fasten your seat belts.

  • Page 145: Cold Weather Operation (Below -22°F Or −30°C)

    NOTE: 3. The system takes over and attempts to start Cold Weather Operation (Below Normal starting of either a cold or a warm the vehicle. If the vehicle fails to start, the –22°F Or −30°C) engine is obtained without pumping or pressing starter will disengage automatically after To ensure reliable starting at these tempera- tures, use of an externally powered electric…

  • Page 146: After Starting — Warming Up The Engine

    2. Place the transmission in gear (models with CAUTION! WARNING! a manual transmission) or place the trans- • Never pour fuel or other flammable liquid To prevent damage to the starter, do not mission in PARK (P) (models with automatic crank continuously for more than 10 seconds into the throttle body air inlet opening in an transmission).

  • Page 147: Engine Block Heater — If Equipped

    The engine oil installed in the engine at the ENGINE BLOCK HEATER — IF equipped, heater cords are available from your authorized Mopar dealer. factory is a high-quality energy conserving type EQUIPPED lubricant. Oil changes should be consistent with • The engine block heater will require 110 Volts The engine block heater warms the engine and anticipated climate conditions under which ve- AC and 6.5 Amps to activate the heater…

  • Page 148
    You can engage the park brake in two ways: will not illuminate, however, it can only be re- NOTE: leased when the ignition switch is in the ON/ When parking on a hill, it is important to turn the • Manually, by applying the park brake switch. RUN position.
  • Page 149
    If exceptional circumstances should make it Auto Park Brake WARNING! (Continued) necessary to engage the park brake while the The EPB can be programmed to be applied touch the parking brake, brake pedal or the vehicle is in motion, maintain upward pressure automatically whenever the vehicle speed is gear selector.

  • Page 150: Manual Transmission — If Equipped

    For manual transmissions, the EPB will auto- necessary to retract the EPB actuator in order to WARNING! matically engage if all of the following conditions perform rear brake service. You can be badly injured working on or are met: Service Mode has requirements that must be around a motor vehicle.

  • Page 151: Shifting

    NOTE: position (the diagram for the engagement of the Shifting gears is displayed on the handle of the selector). During cold weather, you may experience in- Fully press the clutch pedal before shifting gears. As you release the clutch pedal, lightly creased effort in shifting until the transmission To engage REVERSE gear from the NEUTRAL press the accelerator pedal.

  • Page 152: Downshifting

    NOTE: WARNING! CAUTION! (Continued) A certain amount of noise from the transmission • Failure to follow the maximum recom- Do not downshift for additional engine braking is normal. This noise can be most noticeable on a slippery surface. The drive wheels could mended downshifting speeds may cause when the vehicle is idling in NEUTRAL with the lose their grip, and the vehicle could skid.

  • Page 153: Parking

    CAUTION! WARNING! WARNING! (Continued) If you skip a gear while downshifting or when the engine is idling normally and your Never leave children unattended in the ve- downshift at too high of a vehicle speed, foot is firmly pressing the brake pedal. hicle.

  • Page 154: Ignition Park Interlock

    Ignition Park Interlock and the brake pedal must be pressed. The brake WARNING! (Continued) pedal must also be pressed to shift from NEU- Vehicles with push button start: touch the park brake, brake pedal or the TRAL into DRIVE or REVERSE when the ve- This vehicle is equipped with an Ignition Park transmission gear selector.

  • Page 155
    The nine-speed transmission has been devel- etc.) is displayed in the instrument cluster. Move When parking on a level surface, you may shift oped to meet the needs of current and future the transmission into PARK first, and then apply the gear selector to the right (into the DRIVE [D] FWD/AWD vehicles.
  • Page 156
    WARNING! (Continued) WARNING! (Continued) CAUTION! • Your vehicle could move and injure you • Before moving the transmission gear se- tion is in the OFF mode), the transmission and others if it is not in PARK. Check by is locked in PARK, securing the vehicle lector out of PARK, you must turn the trying to move the gear selector out of against unwanted movement.
  • Page 157
    NEUTRAL (N) economy. The transmission automatically up- warm (refer to the “Note” under “Torque Con- shifts through all forward gears. The DRIVE verter Clutch” in this section). Normal operation Use this range when the vehicle is standing for position provides optimum driving characteris- will resume once the temperature(s) have risen prolonged periods with the engine running.
  • Page 158
    • The transmission will automatically downshift 6. Shift into the desired gear range. If the WARNING! as the vehicle slows (to prevent engine lug- problem is no longer detected, the transmis- Do not downshift for additional engine brak- ging) and will display the current gear. sion will return to normal operation.

  • Page 159: Four-Wheel Drive Operation — If Equipped

    OPERATION — IF EQUIPPED The buttons for the activation of four wheel drive are located on the device Selec-Terrain and Jeep Active Drive allow you to select the following: Your vehicle may be equipped with a Power • 4WD LOCK Transfer Unit (PTU).

  • Page 160: Selec-Terrain — If Equipped

    • MUD: For off-road driving or use on surfaces Disabling 4WD LOW with poor traction, such as roads covered by To disable the 4WD LOW mode, the vehicle mud or wet grass. must be stationary and the transmission shifted • ROCK (Trailhawk only): This mode is only into NEUTRAL.

  • Page 161: Stop/Start System — If Equipped

    NOTE: ment Cluster Display” in “Getting To Know WARNING! Your Instrument Panel” for further informa- • Even if the power steering assistance is no Continued operation with reduced assist tion. longer operational, it is still possible to steer could pose a safety risk to yourself and •…

  • Page 162: To Start The Engine While In Autostop Mode

    • HVAC is set to full defrost mode at a high • The engine hood has been opened. To Start The Engine While In blower speed. Autostop Mode • A STOP/START system error occurs. While in a forward gear, the engine will start •…

  • Page 163: To Manually Turn On The Stop/Start System

    4. The STOP/START system will reset itself WARNING! (Continued) back to an ON condition every time the Your vehicle could go too fast for the condi- ignition is turned off and back on. tions, and you could lose control and have an accident.

  • Page 164: To Vary The Speed Setting

    • If the button is continually pushed, the set • If the button is continually pushed, the set When the vehicle has reached the desired speed, push the SET (+) or SET (-) button and speed will continue to increase until the but- speed will continue to decrease until the release.

  • Page 165: Adaptive Cruise Control (Acc) — If Equipped

    • Normal (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control mode • The ACC system: ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL for cruising at a constant preset speed. For • Does not react to pedestrians, oncoming (ACC) — IF EQUIPPED additional information, refer to “Normal (Fixed vehicles, and stationary objects (e.g., a Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) increases the Speed) Cruise Control Mode”…

  • Page 166: Adaptive Cruise Control (Acc) Operation

    Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Activating Adaptive Cruise Control To Set A Desired ACC Speed When the vehicle reaches the speed desired, Operation (ACC) push the SET (+) button or the SET (-) button The speed control buttons (located on the right You can only engage ACC if the vehicle speed is and release.

  • Page 167: To Cancel

    • Manual transmission is in NEUTRAL or clutch WARNING! pressed down, if equipped. Leaving the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) To Turn Off system on when not in use is dangerous. You The system will turn off and clear the set speed could accidentally set the system or cause it in memory if: to go faster than you want.

  • Page 168: To Vary The Speed Setting

    To Vary The Speed Setting To Decrease Speed NOTE: To Increase Speed • When you override and push the SET (+) While ACC is set, the set speed can be de- creased by pushing the SET (-) button. While ACC is set, you can increase the set button or SET (-) buttons, the new set speed speed by pushing the SET (+) button.

  • Page 169: Setting The Following Distance In Acc

    Setting The Following Distance In vehicle is detected in the same lane, the instru- ment cluster display will show the “Sensed Vehicle Indicator” icon, and the system adjusts The specified following distance for ACC can be vehicle speed automatically to maintain the dis- set by varying the distance setting between four tance setting, regardless of the set speed.

  • Page 170: Overtake Aid

    NOTE: The ACC screen may display once again if any ACC activity occurs, which may include any of When the vehicle transitions from a location with the following: left hand drive traffic to a location with right hand • System Cancel drive traffic or vice-versa, the ACC system will automatically detect the direction of traffic.

  • Page 171
    ACC system will recover after the vehicle has aftermarket grilles. Doing so could cause an The “ACC/FCW Limited Functionality Clean left these areas. Under rare conditions, when ACC system failure or malfunction. Front Windshield” message can sometimes be the radar is not tracking any vehicles or objects displayed while driving in adverse weather con- When the condition that deactivated the system in its path this warning may temporarily occur.

  • Page 172: Precautions While Driving With Acc

    activating ACC again later, following an ignition Turns And Bends cycle. If the problem persists, see your autho- When driving on a curve with ACC engaged, the rized dealer. system may decrease the vehicle speed and acceleration for stability reasons, with no target Precautions While Driving With ACC vehicle detected.

  • Page 173: General Information

    Narrow Vehicles Changes or modifications to any of these sys- Some narrow vehicles traveling near the outer tems by other than an authorized service facility edges of the lane or edging into the lane are not could void authorization to use this equipment. detected until they have moved fully into the Normal (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control lane.

  • Page 174
    U.S. Speed (mph) U.S. Speed (mph) WARNING! (Continued) • Pushing the SET (+) button once will result in • Pushing the SET (-) button once will result in detected. Be sure to maintain a safe distance a 1 mph increase in set speed. Each subse- a 1 mph decrease in set speed.

  • Page 175: Parksense Rear Park Assist — If Equipped

    • The braking temperature exceeds normal maneuver. Refer to “ParkSense System Usage section of the Uconnect System. Refer to range (overheated). Precautions” for limitations of this system and «Uconnect Settings” in “Multimedia” for further recommendations. information. • The gear selector is removed from the DRIVE position.

  • Page 176
    Single 1/2 Second Tone/Solid Arc Slow Tone/Solid Arc Continuous Tone/Flashing Arc The vehicle is close to the obstacle when the warning display shows one flashing arc and sounds a continuous tone. The following chart shows the warning alert operation when the system is detecting an obstacle: Slow Tone/Solid Arc Fast Tone/Flashing Arc…

  • Page 177: Enabling And Disabling Parksense

    WARNING ALERTS Rear Distance Greater than 79-59 inches 59-47 inches 47-39 inches 39-25 inches 25-12 inches Less than (in/cm) 79 inches (200-150 cm) (150-120 cm) (120-100 cm) (100-65 cm) (65-30 cm) 12 inches (200 cm) (30 cm) Arcs — Left None None None…

  • Page 178: Cleaning The Parksense System

    • ParkSense, when on, will reduce the volume If “PARKSENSE UNAVAILABLE SERVICE RE- WARNING! QUIRED” appears in the instrument cluster dis- of the radio when it is sounding a tone. • Drivers must be careful when backing up play, see your authorized dealer. •…

  • Page 179: Parksense Front And Rear Park Assist — If Equipped

    ParkSense can be active when the gear selector horizontal direction, depending on the location, CAUTION! is in PARK, REVERSE, NEUTRAL, or DRIVE. If type and orientation of the obstacle. • ParkSense is only a parking aid and it is ParkSense is enabled at one of these gear ParkSense Warning Display unable to recognize every obstacle, includ- selector positions, the system will remain active…

  • Page 180
    single arc moving closer to the vehicle and the audible chime will increase as the objects gets closer to the vehicle. If an obstacle is detected in the left and/or right rear region, the display will show a single flash- ing arc in the left and/or right rear region As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the display will show the single arc moving closer to the…
  • Page 181
    The vehicle is close to the obstacle when the warning display shows one flashing arc and sounds a continuous tone. The following chart shows the warning alert operation when the system is detecting an obstacle: Continuous Tone/Flashing Arc WARNING ALERTS Rear Distance Greater than 79-59 in…
  • Page 182
    Front Park Assist When the vehicle is in DRIVE, arcs will be displayed in the ParkSense warning screen when an obstacle is detected. The system will indicate a detected obstacle by showing a single arc in one or more regions based on the obstacle’s distance and location relative to the vehicle.

  • Page 183: Enabling And Disabling Parksense

    WARNING ALERTS Front Distance Greater than 47-39 in 39-25 in 25-12 in Less than (in/cm) 47 in (120 cm) (120-100 cm) (100-65 cm) (65-30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) Arcs — Left None None None 2nd Flashing 1st Flashing Arcs — Center None 4th Solid 3rd Flashing…

  • Page 184: Service The Parksense Park Assist System

    When the ParkSense switch is pushed to dis- If «PARKSENSE UNAVAILABLE WIPE REAR remains off until you turn it on again, even if able the system, the instrument cluster display SENSORS» or «PARKSENSE UNAVAILABLE you cycle the ignition key. will show the “PARKSENSE OFF” message for WIPE FRONT SENSORS»…

  • Page 185: Side Distance Warning System

    plug is inserted in the vehicle’s tow hook The system warns the driver with an acoustic CAUTION! socket, while the front sensors stay active signal and where provided, with visual indica- • ParkSense is only a parking aid and it is and can provide acoustic and visual warn- tions on the instrument panel display.

  • Page 186
    • Construction equipment, large trucks, and Message on the display for Side Distance Distance Less than 30 – 65 Warning feature: other vibrations could affect the performance (in/cm) 30 inches inches of ParkSense. (76 cm) (76–165 cm) “Wiper Sensors” — This message is displayed •…

  • Page 187: Parksense Active Park Assist System — If Equipped

    vehicle into a parallel or a perpendicular parking WARNING! CAUTION! space on either side (i.e., driver side or passen- • Drivers must be careful when backing up • ParkSense is only a parking aid and it is ger side). even when using ParkSense. Always unable to recognize every obstacle, includ- NOTE: check carefully behind your vehicle, look…

  • Page 188: Enabling And Disabling The Parksense Active Park Assist System

    • Vehicle speed greater than 5 mph (7 km/h) Enabling And Disabling The NOTE: during active steering guidance into the park- If the vehicle is driven above approximately ParkSense Active Park Assist ing space. 15 mph (25 km/h), the instrument cluster display System will instruct the driver to slow down.

  • Page 189
    space on the passenger’s side of the vehicle When an available parking space has been Once the vehicle is at a standstill with your if the turn signal is not activated. found, and the vehicle is not in position, you will hands removed from the steering wheel, you will be instructed to move forward to position the be instructed to place the gear selector into the…
  • Page 190
    The system will then instruct the driver to check space. The system will provide a warning to Once the vehicle is in a standstill condition, the their surroundings and move backward. the driver at 3 mph (5 km/h) that tells them to driver will be instructed to place the gear selec- slow down.
  • Page 191
    NOTE: It is the driver’s responsibility to use the brake and stop the vehicle. The driver should check their surroundings and be prepared to stop the vehicle either when instructed to, or when driver intervention is required. Once the vehicle is in a standstill condition, the driver will be instructed to place the gear selec- tor into the REVERSE position.

  • Page 192: Perpendicular Parking Space Assistance Operation/Display

    • When seeking for a parking space, the driver parking position. If the driver is satisfied with the vehicle position, they should shift to PARK. should drive as parallel or perpendicular (de- pending on the type of maneuver) to other vehicles as possible.

  • Page 193
    • When the system instructs the driver to re- move their hands from the steering wheel, the driver should check their surroundings and begin to back up slowly. • The ParkSense Active Park Assist system will allow a maximum of six shifts between DRIVE (automatic transmission) or forward gear (manual transmission) and REVERSE.
  • Page 194
    When the driver places the gear selector into the When the vehicle has reached the end of its DRIVE position, the system may instruct the forward movement, the system will instruct the driver to wait for steering to complete. driver to check their surroundings and stop the vehicle’s movement.
  • Page 195
    WARNING! Drivers must be careful when performing parallel or perpendicular parking maneuvers even when using the ParkSense Active Park Assist system. Always check carefully behind and in front of your vehicle, look behind and in front of you, and be sure to check for pedestrians, animals, other vehicles, ob- structions, and blind spots before backing up and moving forward.

  • Page 196: Exiting The Parking Space

    Exiting The Parking Space During the maneuver, the system asks to shift to REVERSE, select the direction indicator in the NOTE: direction you want to exit. Let go of the steering The function does not work for exiting a perpen- wheel and press the dedicated pedals, while the dicular parking space, but only exiting parallel system handles the steering automatically for…

  • Page 197
    Check Surroundings — Stop Check Surroundings — Wait For Steering To Check Surroundings — Stop Complete Check Surroundings — Shift To Drive Check Surroundings — Shift To Reverse Check Surroundings — Move Forward…
  • Page 198
    • Sensors may detect a nonexistent obstacle (echo noise) due to mechanical noises, for example while washing the vehicle or in the case of rain, strong wind, and hail. • The sensors may not detect objects of a particular shape or made from particular ma- terials (very thin poles, trailer beams, panels, nets, bushes, anti-parking posts, pavements, rubbish bins, motor vehicles, etc.).

  • Page 199: Lanesense — If Equipped

    • If a parking maneuver is being carried out forward looking camera to detect lane markings Turning LaneSense On Or Off between two parked vehicles alongside the and measure vehicle position within the lane The default status of LaneSense is “Off”. pavement, the system may cause the vehicle boundaries.

  • Page 200: Lanesense Warning Message

    To turn the LaneSense system off, push the Left Lane Departure — Only Left Lane De- Left Lane Departure — Both Lanes Detected LaneSense button once to turn the system off tected • When the LaneSense system is on, the lane (LED turns on).

  • Page 201
    Lane Sensed (Solid White Thick Line, Solid Lane Approached (Flashing White To Gray System On (Gray Lines/White Telltale Thick Line, Solid White Thin Line/Flashing White Thin Line/Solid Yellow Telltale Left Lane Departure — Only Left Lane De- Yellow Telltale • When the LaneSense system senses the tected NOTE: lane has been approached and is in a lane…
  • Page 202
    Lane Approached (Flashing Yellow Lanes Sensed (White Lines/Green Telltale Lane Sensed (Solid Yellow Thick Line, Solid Thick Line, Solid Yellow Thin Line/Flashing Yellow Thin Line/Solid Yellow Telltale • When the LaneSense system senses a lane Yellow Telltale • When the LaneSense system senses the drift situation, the left thick lane line and left NOTE: thin line turn solid yellow.

  • Page 203: Changing Lanesense Status

    NOTE: NOTE: The ParkView Rear Back Up Camera has pro- • The system will not apply torque to the steer- grammable modes of operation that may be ing wheel whenever a safety system en- selected through the Uconnect System. Refer to gages.

  • Page 204: Refueling The Vehicle

    The following table shows the approximate distances for each zone: Zone Distance To The Rear Of The Vehicle 0 — 1 ft (0 — 30 cm) Yellow 1 ft — 6.5 ft (30 cm — 2 m) Green 6.5 ft or greater (2 m or greater) NOTE: WARNING! If snow, ice, mud, or any foreign substance…

  • Page 205: Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release

    3. There is no fuel filler cap. A flapper door WARNING! inside the pipe seals the system. • Never have any smoking materials lit in or 4. Insert the fuel nozzle fully into the filler pipe; near the vehicle when the gas cap is the nozzle opens and holds the flapper door removed or the tank is being filled.

  • Page 206: Vehicle Loading

    VEHICLE LOADING Certification Label As required by National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regulations, your vehicle has a certification label affixed to the driver’s side door or pillar. This label contains the month and year of manu- facture, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) front and rear, and Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

  • Page 207: Trailer Towing

    Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) are determined by weighing your vehicle on a CAUTION! (Continued) The GAWR is the maximum permissible load on commercial scale before any occupants or GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can the front and rear axles. The load must be cargo are added.

  • Page 208
    Gross Trailer Weight (GTW) Trailer Frontal Area trailer tongue weight to the tow vehicle’s front The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the The frontal area is the maximum height multi- axle and the trailer axle(s). When used in accor- weight of all cargo, consumables and equipment plied by the maximum width of the front of a dance with the manufacturer’s directions, it pro-…

  • Page 209: Trailer Towing Weights (Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings)

    Trailer Towing Weights (Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings) Maximum GTW Engine/Transmission Model Maximum Tongue Wt. (See Note) (Gross Trailer Wt.) 2.4L FWD or 4WD 2,205 lbs (1000 kg) 110 lbs (50 kg) When towing a trailer the technically permissible laden weight may be exceeded by not more than 10% or 220 lbs (100 kg), whichever is lower pro- vided that the operating speed is restricted to 62 mph (100 km/h) or less.

  • Page 210
    • Trailer brakes are recommended for trailers Towing Requirements — Tires WARNING! (Continued) over 1,000 lbs (453 kg) and required for • Do not attempt to tow a trailer while using a loading can cause a loss of control, poor trailers in excess of 2,000 lbs (907 kg).
  • Page 211
    • Be sure to reconnect after clear from water The Trailer Tow Package may include a wiring harness. Use a factory approved trailer harness area. and connector. NOTE: Do not cut or splice wiring into the vehicle’s wiring harness. The electrical connections are all complete to the vehicle but you must mate the harness to a trailer connector.

  • Page 212: Towing Tips

    Pin Number Function Wire Color Permanent Power Supply (+12V) Power Supply Controlled by Ignition Switch (+12V) Yellow Return for Contact (Pin) 10 Yellow/Brown Reserve for Future Allocation – Return for Contact (Pin) 9 Red/Brown NOTE: The allocation pin 12 has been changed from “Coding for coupled Trailer” to “Reserve for Future Allocation.” The three return circuits shall not be connected electrically in the trailer.

  • Page 213: Trailer Hitch Attaching Points (4X2 Models)

    Trailer Hitch Attaching Points Trailer Tow Hitch Attaching Points And (4×2 Models) Overhang Dimensions Your vehicle will require extra equipment to tow Fixed, Detach and a trailer safely and efficiently. The trailer tow Retractable Hitch hitch must be attached to your vehicle using the provided attaching points on the vehicle’s frame.

  • Page 214
    Trailer Hitch Attaching Points Trailer Tow Hitch Attaching Points And (Trailhawk Models) Overhang Dimensions Your vehicle will require extra equipment to tow Fixed, Detach and a trailer safely and efficiently. The trailer tow Retractable Hitch hitch must be attached to your vehicle using the provided attaching points on the vehicle’s frame.
  • Page 215
    NOTE: 5. Turn the ignition to the ON/RUN position, but CAUTION! (Continued) do not start the engine. • When towing your vehicle, always follow ap- and/or power transfer unit damage. Damage plicable state and provincial laws. Contact 6. Press and hold the brake pedal. from improper towing is not covered under state and provincial Highway Safety offices the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
  • Page 216
    (refer to “Four-Wheel Drive Operation — If Flowing Water Driving In Snow, Mud And Sand Equipped” in this section for further details). This In heavy snow, when pulling a load, or for If the water is swift flowing and rising (as in range should be limited to extreme situations additional control at slower speeds, shift the storm run-off) avoid crossing until the water level…
  • Page 217
    • Check for accumulations of plants or brush. If you stall or begin to lose headway while Traction Downhill climbing a steep hill, allow your vehicle to come Shift the transmission into a low gear and the These things could be a fire hazard. They to a stop and immediately apply the brakes.

  • Page 218: In Case Of Emergency

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY • HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS ……217 • BULB REPLACEMENT ……217 •…

  • Page 219
    • TOWING A DISABLED VEHICLE ……245 • Without The Key Fob ……246 •…

  • Page 220: Hazard Warning Flashers

    This is an emergency warning system and it NOTE: HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS should not be used when the vehicle is in With extended use, the Hazard Warning flash- The Hazard Warning flasher switch is located in motion. Use it when your vehicle is disabled and ers may wear down your battery.

  • Page 221
    Exterior Bulbs Lamps Bulb Number Low Beam Headlamps (Halogen) H11LL High Beam Headlamps (Halogen) 9005LL Front Position/Daytime Running Lights (DRL ) PSX24W Front Direction Indicator Lamps 7444NA Front Position – Premium LED LED (Serviced At An Authorized Dealer) Front Fog Lamps H11LL Low Beam / High Beam Headlamps (HID) D3S (HID) (Serviced At An Authorized Dealer)

  • Page 222: High Intensity Discharge (Hid) Headlamps — If Equipped

    2. Remove the wheel liner. 5. Push on the locking tab on the headlamp High Intensity Discharge (HID) bulb connector and remove the bulb and Headlamps — If Equipped 3. Remove the headlamp bulb cap. The headlamps contain a type of high voltage socket.

  • Page 223
    5. To replace the DRL bulb gently push bulb To replace the bulbs proceed as follows: towards housing. Be sure to hear both the 1. Open the liftgate. top and bottom locking tabs “CLICK” to en- 2. Using a suitable tool remove fasteners. sure the bulb is properly seated.
  • Page 224
    6. Reconnect the electrical connector. 7. Reinstall the lamp by snapping in the locking tab features on the left and right edges of the fog lamp. Reverse Lamps 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Using a suitable tool remove the access panel for body side lamps, remove lift gate access cover for lift gate lamps.

  • Page 225: Replacing Interior Bulbs

    6. Reinstall the access panels making sure they 5. Reassemble the bulb housing and courtesy are locked in correctly. light housing making sure that they are prop- erly locked. 7. Finally close the tailgate. 6. Install the front courtesy light, making sure 3rd Stop Lamp that it is properly locked.

  • Page 226
    3. Reinstall the visor mirror light cover making Interior Cargo Lights sure that it is properly locked. To replace the bulbs proceed as follows: 4. Finally lower the visor mirror cover to the 1. Using thumb with slight pressure – push bulb mirror.

  • Page 227: Fuses

    3. Rotate bulb holder to replace bulb. NOTE: General Information It is recommended to have your bulbs replaced The fuses protect electrical systems against excessive current. by your authorized dealer. When a device does not work, you must check FUSES the fuse element inside the blade fuse for a break/melt.

  • Page 228: Engine Compartment Fuses/Distribution Unit

    Engine Compartment Fuses/ Removing Fuse Cover and Locking Screw Distribution Unit Proceed as follows: The engine compartment fuse panel is located 1. Slowly turn the screw counterclockwise. on the left side of the engine compartment. 2. Slowly release the screw. 3.

  • Page 229
    Cavity Maxi Fuse Cartridge Fuse Mini Fuse Description 40 Amp Orange – – Rear Distribution Unit For Trailer Tow Usage – 30 Amp Pink – Supply for F24, F87, Steering Control – – 7.5 Amp Brown Control Module Engine – –…
  • Page 230
    Cavity Maxi Fuse Cartridge Fuse Mini Fuse Description – – 20 Amp Yellow (Customer Se- 12V Rear Cargo Outlet Constant lectable, Move From F18) Battery Powered 60 Amp Blue – – Glow Plug Module – 40 Amp Green – Diesel Fuel Filter Heater –…

  • Page 231: Interior Fuses

    Interior Fuses The interior fuse panel is located in the passen- ger compartment on the left side dash panel under the instrument panel. Cavity Blade Fuse Description 7.5 Amp Brown Occupant Restraint Controller 20 Amp Yellow Window Motor Passenger 20 Amp Yellow Window Motor Driver Intrussion Module/Siren, Radio, UCI/USB Port, VSU, Climate Control, Electronic Steering 20 Amp Yellow…

  • Page 232: Rear Cargo Fuse/Relay Distribution Unit

    Rear Cargo Fuse/Relay Distribution Unit To access the fuses, remove the access door from the left rear panel of the rear cargo area. The fuses may be contained in two units. Fuse holder No. 1 is located closest to the rear of the vehicle and fuse holder No.

  • Page 233: Jacking And Tire Changing

    Fuse Holder No. 2 Cavity Mini Fuse Description 10 Amp Red Controller Exterior Lighting On Trailer 15 Amp Blue Controller Exterior Lighting Lights (Drivers Side) 15 Amp Blue Controller Exterior Lighting Lights (Passenger Side) 10 Amp Red TTM Jumper Battery Feed On the Rear Cargo Fuse/Relay Distribution Unit bracket, there is a Maxi Fuse holder for the Power Liftgate and an ATO / Uni Val fuse holder…

  • Page 234: Jack Location/Spare Tire Stowage

    Jack Location/Spare Tire Stowage 3. Remove the fastener securing the spare tire, If equipped, the jack and tools are located in the and remove the spare wheel from the ve- rear storage compartment, below the spare tire. hicle. The jack and tools will be found be- neath.

  • Page 235: Preparations For Jacking

    Preparations For Jacking Jacking Instructions WARNING! (Continued) 1. Park the vehicle on a firm level surface as far • To assure that spare tires, flat or inflated, WARNING! from the edge of the roadway as possible. are securely stowed, spares must be Avoid icy or slippery areas.

  • Page 236
    2. If equipped with aluminum wheels where the WARNING! center cap covers the wheel bolts, use the wheel bolt wrench to pry the center cap off Raising the vehicle higher than necessary can make the vehicle less stable. It could slip carefully before raising the vehicle.

  • Page 237: Road Tire Installation

    NOTE: tightness, have them checked with a torque WARNING! wrench by your authorized dealer or at a • For vehicles equipped, do not attempt to service station. To avoid the risk of forcing the vehicle off the install a center cap or wheel cover on the jack, do not tighten the wheel bolts fully until compact spare.

  • Page 238: Tire Service Kit — If Equipped

    TIRE SERVICE KIT — IF Tire Service Kit And Components And Op- Using The Mode Select Knob And Hoses eration EQUIPPED Your Tire Service Kit is equipped with the follow- ing symbols to indicate the air or sealant mode. Your vehicle may be equipped with a Tire Ser- vice Kit.

  • Page 239
    • When the Tire Service Kit sealant is in a liquid Using The Power Button WARNING! (Continued) form, clean water, and a damp cloth will Push and release the • Do not use Tire Service Kit or drive the remove the material from the vehicle or tire Power Button once to vehicle under the following circumstances: and wheel components.
  • Page 240
    4. Apply the parking brake. Injecting Tire Service Kit Sealant Into The WARNING! (Continued) Deflated Tire: Setting Up To Use Tire Service Kit: with eyes or skin. Change clothing as soon 1. Always start the vehicle before turning ON as possible, if there is any contact with 1.
  • Page 241
    NOTE: If the sealant (white fluid) does flow through If the tire does not inflate to at least 26 psi the Sealant Hose: (1.8 Bar) pressure within 15 minutes: Sealant may leak out through the puncture in the tire. • The tire is too badly damaged. Do not attempt 1.
  • Page 242
    3. Immediately disconnect the Sealant Hose After Driving: 5. Uncoil the Hose and screw the fitting at the from the valve stem, reinstall the cap on the end of the hose onto Pull over to a safe location. Refer to “Whenever fitting at the end of the hose, and place the the valve stem.
  • Page 243
    5. Remove the Speed Limit sticker from the 3. Remove the bottle cover. If the tire pressure is 19 psi (1.3 Bar) or higher: steering wheel after the tire has been re- paired. 1. Push the Power Button to turn on Tire Service Kit and inflate the tire 6.

  • Page 244: Jump Starting

    5. Pull the bottle away from the Compressor. NOTE: When using a portable battery booster pack, follow the manufacturer’s operating instructions and precautions. WARNING! Do not attempt jump starting if the battery is frozen. It could rupture or explode and cause personal injury.

  • Page 245: Jump Starting Procedure

    1. Apply the parking brake, shift the automatic CAUTION! transmission into PARK (manual transmis- sion in NEUTRAL) and turn the ignition to Failure to follow these procedures could re- sult in damage to the charging system of the OFF/LOCK. booster vehicle or the discharged vehicle. 2.

  • Page 246: Refueling In Emergency

    6. Once the engine is started, remove the REFUELING IN EMERGENCY NOTE: jumper cables in the reverse sequence: There are steps that you can take to slow down The fuel filling procedure in case of emergency an impending overheat condition: is described in the “Emergency Gas Can Refu- Disconnecting The Jumper Cables eling”.

  • Page 247: Gear Selector Override

    GEAR SELECTOR OVERRIDE 5. Insert a small screwdriver or similar tool FREEING A STUCK VEHICLE down into the gear selector override access If a malfunction occurs, and the gear selector If your vehicle becomes stuck in mud, sand or hole (at the right rear corner of the gear cannot be moved out of the PARK position, you snow, it can often be moved using a rocking selector assembly), and push and hold the…

  • Page 248: Towing A Disabled Vehicle

    vehicle. Refer to “Electronic Brake Control Sys- WARNING! CAUTION! (Continued) tem” in “Safety” for further information. Once the • When “rocking” a stuck vehicle by shifting Fast spinning tires can be dangerous. Forces vehicle has been freed, push the «ESC Off» between DRIVE/ SECOND gear and RE- generated by excessive wheel speeds may switch again to restore “ESC On”…

  • Page 249: Without The Key Fob

    If flatbed equipment is not available, this vehicle Proper towing or lifting equipment is required to manually disable the Electric Park Brake each prevent damage to your vehicle. Use only tow time the driver’s door is opened by pressing the must be towed with the front wheels OFF the bars and other equipment designed for this brake pedal and then releasing the EPB.

  • Page 250: Emergency Tow Hooks — If Equipped

    CAUTION! (Continued) WARNING! (Continued) • Towing this vehicle in violation of the above • Stand clear of vehicles when pulling with requirements can cause severe transmis- tow hooks. Tow straps may become disen- sion and/or transfer case damage. Dam- gaged, causing serious injury. age from improper towing is not covered under the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

  • Page 251
    Tow Eye Usage Precautions Tow Eye Installation Front Tow Eye CAUTION! The front tow eye receptacle is located behind a door on the front bumper fascia • The tow eye must only be used for road- side emergencies. Use with an appropriate To install the tow eye, open the door using the device in accordance with highway code (a vehicle key or a small screwdriver, and thread…

  • Page 252: Enhanced Accident Response System (Ears)

    Rear Tow Eye ENHANCED ACCIDENT RESPONSE SYSTEM (EARS) The rear tow eye receptacle is located behind a door, located on the right rear bumper fascia. This vehicle is equipped with an Enhanced Accident Response System. To install the tow eye, open the door using the vehicle key or a small screwdriver, and thread Please refer to “Occupant Restraint Systems”…

  • Page 254: Servicing And Maintenance

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • SCHEDULED SERVICING ……253 • ENGINE COMPARTMENT ……253 •…

  • Page 255
    • BODYWORK ……..270 • Protection From Atmospheric Agents ….270 •…

  • Page 256: Scheduled Servicing

    SCHEDULED SERVICING Refer to the “Service And Warranty Handbook” for scheduled servicing. ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2.4L Engine 1 — Engine Air Cleaner Filter 5 — Battery 9 — Engine Coolant Pressure Cap 2 — Engine Oil Dipstick 6 — Power Distribution Center (Fuses) 10 —…

  • Page 257: Checking Oil Level

    Checking Oil Level Adding Washer Fluid WARNING! To assure proper engine lubrication, the engine The fluid reservoir is located in the front of the • Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution and oil must be maintained at the correct level. engine compartment.

  • Page 258: Dealer Service

    CAUTION! (Continued) WARNING! (Continued) CAUTION! tery case. Cable clamps should be tight on about your ability to perform a service job, Do not use chemical flushes in your engine the terminal posts and free of corrosion. take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. oil as the chemicals can damage your en- •…

  • Page 259: Engine Oil Filter

    NOTE: Materials Added To Engine Oil WARNING! The manufacturer strongly recommends against Be sure to follow the “Severe Duty Conditions” • Use only refrigerants and compressor lu- the addition of any additives (other than leak maintenance interval if applicable. bricants approved by the manufacturer for detection dyes) to the engine oil.

  • Page 260: Body Lubrication

    air conditioning service be performed by an and grit; after lubricating excess oil and grease NOTE: authorized dealer or other service facilities using should be removed. Particular attention should Life expectancy of wiper blades varies depend- recovery and recycling equipment. also be given to hood latching components to ing on geographical area and frequency of use.

  • Page 261: Cooling System

    periods during very rough idle or malfunction- WARNING! (Continued) CAUTION! (Continued) ing operating conditions. you unconscious and can eventually poison in possible damage to the converter and Cooling System you. To avoid breathing CO, refer to “Safety vehicle. Tips” in “Safety” for further information. •…

  • Page 262
    Check the front of the A/C condenser for any (antifreeze). If a non-OAT engine coolant (OAT coolant conforming to MS.90032) through- accumulation of bugs, leaves, etc. If dirty, clean (antifreeze) is introduced into the cooling out the life of your vehicle. by gently spraying water from a garden hose system in an emergency, the cooling system Please review these recommendations for using…
  • Page 263
    • Some vehicles require special tools to add When additional engine coolant (antifreeze) is WARNING! (Continued) coolant properly. Failure to fill these systems needed to maintain the proper level, it should be scalding or injury, do not remove the pres- properly could lead to severe internal engine added to the coolant bottle.

  • Page 264: Brake System

    • Make sure that the coolant expansion bottle Brake Master Cylinder WARNING! (Continued) overflow hoses are not kinked or obstructed. The fluid in the master cylinder should be • To avoid contamination from foreign matter checked when performing under hood services •…

  • Page 265: Automatic Transmission

    Fluid Level Check NOTE: Fluid Level Check Check the fluid level by removing the fill plug. The fluid level is preset at the factory and does No chemical flushes should be used in any The fluid level should be between the bottom of not require adjustment under normal operating transmission;…

  • Page 266: Raising The Vehicle

    Tread Wear RAISING THE VEHICLE WARNING! (Continued) In the case where it is necessary to raise the Improper cold tire inflation pressures can cause • Overinflated or underinflated tires can af- vehicle, go to an authorized dealer or service abnormal wear patterns and reduced tread life, fect vehicle handling and can fail suddenly, station.

  • Page 267
    Inflation pressures specified on the placard are ing correct tire inflation pressure is very impor- Tire Repair always “cold tire inflation pressure”. Cold tire tant. Increased tire pressure and reduced ve- If your tire becomes damaged, it may be re- inflation pressure is defined as the tire pressure hicle loading may be required for high-speed paired if it meets the following criteria:…
  • Page 268
    • Distance driven. See the tire pressure monitoring section for more information. • Performance tires, tires with a speed rating of Tire Spinning V or higher, and Summer tires typically have When stuck in mud, sand, snow, or ice condi- a reduced tread life.

  • Page 269: Tire Types

    Summer Or Three Season Tires — If It is recommended to replace the two front tires WARNING! (Continued) or two rear tires as a pair. Replacing just one tire Equipped • Never use a tire with a smaller load index can seriously affect your vehicle’s handling.

  • Page 270: Spare Tires — If Equipped

    If you need snow tires, Since this tire has limited tread life, the original CAUTION! select tires equivalent in equipment tire should be repaired (or replaced) Because of the reduced ground clearance, size and type to the and reinstalled on your vehicle at the first oppor- do not take your vehicle through an auto- original equipment tires.

  • Page 271: Tire Chains (Traction Devices)

    replace (or repair) the original equipment tire Tire Chains (Traction Devices) CAUTION! (Continued) and reinstall on the vehicle at the first opportu- Use of traction devices require sufficient tire-to- Broken devices can cause serious dam- nity. body clearance. Follow these recommendations age.

  • Page 272: Storing The Vehicle

    • Disconnect the negative (-) terminal from the These effects can be reduced by timely rotation of tires. The benefits of rotation are especially battery post and be sure that the battery is worthwhile with aggressive tread designs such fully charged. During storage check battery as those on On/Off Road type tires.

  • Page 273: Bodywork

    NOTE: The following maintenance recommendations wheel’s protective coating that helps keep them will enable you to obtain maximum benefit from from corroding and tarnishing. When the vehicle has not been started or driven the corrosion resistance built into your vehicle. for at least 30 days, an Extended Park Start Procedure is required to start the vehicle.

  • Page 274: Preserving The Bodywork

    NOTE: To minimize the possibility of scratching the CAUTION! (Continued) lenses and reducing light output, avoid wiping If you intend parking or storing your vehicle for powder that will scratch metal and painted with a dry cloth. To remove road dirt, wash with an extended period after cleaning the wheels surfaces.

  • Page 275: Interiors

    • Use Mopar Touch Up Paint on scratches as • For grease stains, apply Mopar Multi- Plastic And Coated Parts soon as possible. Your authorized dealer has Purpose Cleaner to a clean, damp cloth and Use Mopar Total Clean to clean vinyl upholstery. touch up paint to match the color of your remove stain.

  • Page 276: Leather Parts

    Leather Parts Glass Surfaces Mopar Total Clean is specifically recommended All glass surfaces should be cleaned on a for leather upholstery. regular basis with Mopar Glass Cleaner, or any commercial household-type glass cleaner. Your leather upholstery can be best preserved Never use an abrasive type cleaner.

  • Page 278: Technical Specifications

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • IDENTIFICATION DATA ……276 • Vehicle Identification Number ……276 •…

  • Page 279: Identification Data

    IDENTIFICATION DATA WHEEL AND TIRE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Vehicle Identification Number Proper lug nut/bolt torque is very important to The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) is found ensure that the wheel is properly mounted to the on the left front corner of the windshield and is vehicle.

  • Page 280: Fuel Requirements

    After 25 miles (40 km), check the lug nut/bolt Methanol torque to be sure that all the lug nuts/bolts are (Methyl) is used in a variety of concentrations properly seated against the wheel. when blended with unleaded gasoline. You may find fuels containing 3% or more methanol along with other alcohols called cosolvents.

  • Page 281: Clean Air Gasoline

    CNG And LP Fuel System performance in some vehicles. The manufac- CAUTION! turer recommends that gasoline without MMT be Modifications Use of fuel with Ethanol content higher than used in your vehicle. The MMT content of gaso- Modifications that allow the engine to run on 15% may result in engine malfunction, start- line may not be indicated on the gasoline pump;…

  • Page 282: Fluid Capacities

    FLUID CAPACITIES U.S. Metric Fuel (Approximate) 2.4 Liter Gasoline Engine 15.9 Gallons 60 Liters Engine Oil With Filter 2.4 Liter Gasoline Engine (SAE 0W-20, API 5.5 Quarts 5.2 Liters Certified) Cooling System* 2.4 Liter Gasoline Engine (Mopar Antifreeze/ 6.8 Quarts 6.5 Liters Engine Coolant 10 Year/150,000 Mile Formula) * Includes heater and coolant recovery bottle filled to MAX level.

  • Page 283: Chassis

    Chassis Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part Manual Transmission – If Equipped We recommend you use Mopar C Series Manual & Dual Dry Clutch Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission – If Equipped Use only Mopar ZF 8&9 Speed ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid, or equivalent.

  • Page 284: Multimedia

    MULTIMEDIA • UCONNECT RADIOS …….282 • PERSONALIZED MENU BAR ……282 •…

  • Page 285: Uconnect Radios

    UCONNECT RADIOS CYBERSECURITY For detailed information about your Uconnect Your vehicle may be a connected vehicle and radio or pairing a phone to your Uconnect radio, may be equipped with both wired and wireless refer to your Uconnect Owner’s Manual Supple- networks.

  • Page 286: Uconnect Settings

    UCONNECT SETTINGS Customer Programmable Features WARNING! (Continued) — Uconnect 3 Settings The Uconnect system uses a combination of • As always, if you experience unusual ve- buttons on the touchscreen and buttons on the hicle behavior, take your vehicle to your faceplate located on the center of the instrument nearest authorized dealer immediately.

  • Page 287
    When making a selection, press the button on back arrow/Done button on the touchscreen or NOTE: the touchscreen to enter the desired mode. the Back button on the faceplate to return to the All settings should be changed with the ignition Once in the desired mode, press and release previous menu.
  • Page 288
    Units After pressing the “Units” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Units Metric Custom NOTE: • The “Metric” option changes the instrument cluster display to metric units of measure. • The “Custom” option allows setting the “Fuel Consumption” (L/100km, or km/L) and “Pressure” (kPa, or bar) units of measure independently. Clock &…
  • Page 289
    Safety/Assistance After pressing the “Safety/Assistance” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options ParkView Backup Camera Delay — If Equipped NOTE: The “ParkView Backup Camera Delay” setting determines whether or not the screen will display the rear view image with dynamic grid lines for up to ten seconds after the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE.
  • Page 290
    Setting Name Selectable Options Forward Collision Warning Plus Sound Only Sound and Brake (FCW+) — If Equipped NOTE: The “Forward Collision Warning Plus (FCW+)” setting includes Advanced Brake Assist (ABA). The ABA applies additional brake pressure when the driver requests insufficient brake pressure to avoid a potential frontal collision. When the “Sound Only” option is selected a chime will sound alerting you of a possible collision with the vehicle in front of you and more brake pressure is needed.
  • Page 291
    Setting Name Selectable Options Rain Sensing Auto Wipers — If Equipped Electric Park Brake Service Mode NOTE: The “Electric Park Brake Service Mode” feature provides a means for a technician or vehicle owner to utilize a vehicle integrated, menu driven sys- tem, to command the electric park brake retraction, to service the rear foundation brakes (brake pads, calipers, rotors, etc.).
  • Page 292
    Setting Name Selectable Options Headlight Off Delay 0 sec 30 sec 60 sec 90 sec NOTE: When the “Headlight Off Delay” feature is selected, it allows the adjustment of the amount of time the headlights remain on after the engine is shut off.
  • Page 293
    Doors & Locks After pressing the “Doors & Locks” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be avail- able: Setting Name Selectable Options Auto Door Locks NOTE: When this feature is selected, all doors will lock automatically when the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). Auto Unlock On Exit NOTE: When this feature is selected, all doors will unlock when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the PARK or NEUTRAL position and the…
  • Page 294
    Auto Comfort Systems — If Equipped After pressing the “Auto-On Comfort Systems” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Auto-On Driver Heated/Ventilated Seat & Steering Wheel With Ve- Remote Start All Starts hicle Start — If Equipped NOTE: When this feature is selected, the driver’s heated seat and heated steering wheel will automatically turn on when temperatures are below 40°…
  • Page 295
    Audio After pressing the “Audio” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Adjustable Options Equalizer Bass Treble NOTE: When in this display you may adjust the “Bass”, “Mid”, and “Treble” settings. Adjust the settings with the “+” and “–” setting buttons on the touch- screen or by selecting any point on the scale between the “+”…
  • Page 296
    Radio Setup — If Equipped After pressing the “Radio Setup” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be avail- able: Setting Name Selectable Options Traffic Announcement DAB Announcement – If Equipped DAB Announcement Categories Alternative Frequency Regional Phone/Bluetooth After pressing the “Phone/Bluetooth” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name…
  • Page 297
    Restore Settings After pressing the “Restore Settings” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Restore Settings Cancel NOTE: When the “Restore Settings” feature is selected, it will reset all settings to their default settings. Clear Personal Data After pressing the “Clear Personal Data”…

  • Page 298: Customer Programmable Features — Uconnect 4 Settings

    Customer Programmable Features Press the “Settings” button on the bottom bar, or touchscreen to return to the previous menu, or press the “X” button on the touchscreen to close press the “Apps ” button, then press the — Uconnect 4 Settings out of the settings screen.

  • Page 299
    Display After pressing the “Display” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Display Mode Auto Manual Display Brightness Headlights On Display Brightness Headlights Off AutoShow Touchscreen Beep Control Screen Timeout Phone Pop-ups Displayed in Cluster Units After pressing the “Units”…
  • Page 300
    Voice After pressing the “Voice” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Voice Response Length Brief Detailed Show Command List Always With Help Never Time & Date After pressing the “Time & Date” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be avail- able: Setting Name…
  • Page 301
    Safety/Driving Assistance — If Equipped After pressing the “Safety/Driving Assistance” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Warning + Active Forward Collision Warning Warning Only Brake NOTE: The “Forward Collision Warning Plus (FCW+)” setting includes Advanced Brake Assist (ABA). The ABA applies additional brake pressure when the driver requests insufficient brake pressure to avoid a potential frontal collision.
  • Page 302
    Brakes After pressing the “Brakes” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Auto Park Brake Brake Service NOTE: Selecting the “Brake Service” feature will display a pop-up asking whether you would like to retract the park brakes to allow brake system service. Lights After pressing the “Lights”…
  • Page 303
    Setting Name Selectable Options Auto Dim High Beams — If Equipped Cornering Lights NOTE: When the “Cornering Lights” feature is selected, if the steering wheel rotation angle is large or the turn signal indicators are on, a light (incorporated in the fog light) will turn on, on the relevant side to improve visibility at night. Flash Lights With Lock —…
  • Page 304
    Engine Off Options — If Equipped After pressing the “Engine Off Options” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Headlight Off Delay Radio Off Delay 0 min 20 min Radio Off With Door Audio After pressing the “Audio”…
  • Page 305
    Setting Name Selectable Options AUX Volume Offset — If Equipped NOTE: This feature provides the ability to tune the audio level for portable devices connected through the AUX input. Auto Play NOTE: The “Auto Play” feature automatically starts playing audio when a USB device is connected and turned on. Radio Off With Door NOTE: The “Radio Off With Door”…
  • Page 306
    Radio Setup — If Equipped After pressing the “Radio Setup” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be avail- able: Setting Name Selectable Options Traffic Announcement DAB Announcement – If Equipped DAB Announcement Categories Alternative Frequency Regional Restore Settings After pressing the “Restore Settings”…

  • Page 307: Customer Programmable Features — Uconnect 4/4C Nav Settings

    Customer Programmable Features Press the “Apps ” button, then press the touchscreen to return to the previous menu, or “Settings ” button on the touchscreen to press the “X” button on the touchscreen to close — Uconnect 4/4C NAV Settings display the menu setting screen.

  • Page 308
    Display After pressing the “Display” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Display Mode Manual Auto Display Brightness With Head- lights ON NOTE: To make changes to the «Display Brightness with Headlights ON» setting, the headlights must be on and the interior dimmer switch must not be in the «party»…
  • Page 309
    Setting Name Selectable Options Navigation Turn-By-Turn In Cluster NOTE: When the “Navigation Turn-By-Turn In Cluster” feature is selected, the turn-by-turn directions will appear in the Instrument Cluster Display as the ve- hicle approaches a designated turn within a programmed route. Phone Pop-ups Displayed in Clus- Units After pressing the “Units”…
  • Page 310
    Clock After pressing the “Clock” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Sync Time With GPS — If Equipped Set Time Hours NOTE: The “Set Time Hours” feature will allow you to adjust the hours. The “Sync time with GPS” button on the touchscreen must be unchecked. Set Time Minutes NOTE: The “Set Time Minutes”…
  • Page 311
    Setting Name Selectable Options Forward Collision Warning-Plus (FCW+) Sound Only Sound and Brake NOTE: The “Forward Collision Warning Plus (FCW+)” setting includes Advanced Brake Assist (ABA). The ABA applies additional brake pressure when the driver requests insufficient brake pressure to avoid a potential frontal collision. When the “Sound Only” option is selected a chime will sound alerting you of a possible collision with the vehicle in front of you and more brake pressure is needed.
  • Page 312
    Setting Name Selectable Options Rain Sensing Auto Wipers Side Distance Warning Sound Sound and Display Side Distance Warning Volume High Brakes After pressing the “Brakes” button on the touch- screen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Electric Park Brake Service Mode —…
  • Page 313
    Setting Name Selectable Options Headlight Off Delay 0 sec 30 sec 60 sec 90 sec NOTE: When this feature is selected, it allows the adjustment of the amount of time the headlights remain on after the engine is shut off. Headlight Illumination On Ap- 0 sec 30 sec…
  • Page 314
    Doors & Locks After pressing the “Doors & Locks” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be avail- able: Setting Name Selectable Options Auto Unlock On Exit NOTE: When the “Auto Unlock On Exit” feature is selected, all doors will unlock when the vehicle is stopped, the transmission is in the PARK or NEUTRAL position, and the driver’s door is opened.
  • Page 315
    Setting Name Selectable Options Personal Settings Linked to Key Fob — If Equipped NOTE: The “Personal Settings Linked To Key Fob” feature provides automatic recall of all settings stored to a memory location (driver’s seat, exterior mir- rors, steering column position and radio station pre-sets) to enhance driver mobility when entering and exiting the vehicle. Auto Comfort Systems —…
  • Page 316
    Radio After pressing the «Radio” on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Radio Off Delay 0 min 20 min NOTE: When this feature is selected, the radio will stay on for 20 minutes, or until the first door is opened after the engine is shut off. Audio After pressing the “Audio”…
  • Page 317
    Phone/Bluetooth After pressing the “Phone/Bluetooth” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Do Not Disturb List of Settings NOTE: Press “Do Not Disturb” to access the available settings. The following settings are: Auto Reply (both, text, call), Auto Reply Message (custom, de- fault) and Custom Auto Reply Message (create message).
  • Page 318
    Setting Name Selectable Options Alternative Frequency NOTE: Allows the frequency to change automatically to maintain the strongest signal. Regional NOTE: Forces the system to select from a network station when the system is present in a different region. DAB Announcement Categories Restore Settings After pressing the “Restore Settings”…

  • Page 319: Steering Wheel Audio Controls

    System Information After pressing the “System Information” button on the touchscreen, the following settings will be available: Setting Name Selectable Options Software Licenses Software Information Screen NOTE: When this feature is selected, a “Licensing Information” screen will appear, displaying a licensing information website for the radio. Map Update Download System Information To USB Generate Request Code…

  • Page 320: Aux/Usb/Mp3 Control

    If you push the switch up or down twice, it plays performance from your radio. This condition the second track; three times, it will play the may be lessened or eliminated by relocating the third, etc. mobile phone antenna. This condition is not harmful to the radio.

  • Page 321: Get Started

    Get Started Radio All you need to control your Uconnect system Use your voice to quickly get to the AM or FM with your voice are the buttons on your steering stations you would like to hear. wheel. Push the VR button . After the beep, say: 1.

  • Page 322: Media

    Push the VR button . After the beep, say one of the following commands and follow the prompts to switch your media source or choose an artist. • “Change source to Bluetooth” • “Change source to AUX” • “Change source to USB” •…

  • Page 323: Phone

    Phone Climate Push the Phone button . After the beep, say Too hot? Too cold? Adjust vehicle temperatures one of the following commands… hands-free and keep everyone comfortable while you keep moving ahead. (If vehicle is • “Call John Smith” equipped with climate control.) •…

  • Page 324: Navigation (4C Nav)

    Navigation (4C NAV) 2. This device must accept any interference The Uconnect navigation feature helps you save received, including interference that may time and become more productive when you cause undesired operation. know exactly how to get to where you want to NOTE: go.

  • Page 325
    3. Do not apply paper or tape to the disc; avoid scratching the disc. 4. Do not use solvents such as benzene, thin- ner, cleaners, or anti-static sprays. 5. Store the disc in its case after playing. 6. Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight. 7.

  • Page 326: Customer Assistance

    CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE • IF YOU NEED ASSISTANCE ……324…

  • Page 327
    • Should this fail to resolve the problem, con- • Selling and servicing authorized dealer. IF YOU NEED ASSISTANCE tact the manufacturer’s distributor nearest to • Vehicle’s delivery date and current odometer The manufacturer’s distributors are vitally inter- your location. ested in your satisfaction with their products and distance.

  • Page 330: Index

    INDEX…

  • Page 331
    Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (Cruise Antifreeze (Engine Coolant) ..259, 279 Brake Fluid ….280 Control)….162 Disposal .
  • Page 332
    Coin Holder ….64 Dimmer Switch, Headlight..37, 38 Exhaust Gas Caution …133 Cold Weather Operation .
  • Page 333
    Fluid Level Checks Headlights iPod/USB/MP3 Control … .317 Brake ….261 Automatic ….38 Engine Oil .
  • Page 334
    Automatic Headlights …38 Warning (Instrument Cluster Mirrors….. .35 Battery Saver … . .37, 40 Description) .
  • Page 335
    Outside Rearview Mirrors …35 Refrigerant….256, 257 Pregnant Women … . .113 Overheating, Engine .
  • Page 336
    Shift Lever Override … . .244 Steering Wheel Mounted Sound System Safety ….263 Shifting Controls .
  • Page 337
    Transmission ….151 Wheel And Wheel Trim … .270 Automatic ….151, 262 Wheel And Wheel Trim Care .
  • Page 338
    ٣٧٢…
  • Page 339
    ‫إ ف‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ٢٨٤….‫م ا‬ ١٢٨….‫ا‬…
  • Page 340
    ١٦٦….‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ١٤٨..‫ج ا‬ ‫ب، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨٨ ،١٦٦… . . ‫ا…
  • Page 341
    ٢٨١….‫ا اء‬ ‫ا وس‬ ٣٠٥….‫ت، ا‬ ٢٨٢…
  • Page 342
    ٢٧١….‫ت ا‬ ٤٣ ،٤١..‫ف‬ ‫ا رة وإ رات ا‬ ‫دون‬ ُ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨٠….‫ا…
  • Page 343
    ١٣٧..‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ٣٥ ،٣٢… . . ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٢ ،٤١.. ‫ءة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫آ‬ ١٢٦..‫ر‬…
  • Page 344
    ٤٠ ،٣٨….‫ا‬ ٢٨٠….‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و ، ز‬ ١٤٧….‫، زات ا دم‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 345
    ٢٣٢… . . ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ٢٩٤….‫ا‬ ٦٨….‫،…
  • Page 346
    ٢٩٧….‫ا‬ ٩٣ ،٤٣ ،٤١… . ‫ف‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ٢١٦….LaneSense ٤٣..
  • Page 347
    ٣٦٣…
  • Page 348
    ٣٦٢…
  • Page 349
    ٣٦١…
  • Page 350
    ‫وا‬ ‫• ا آ ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫• وإذا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ن‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• ر‬ ‫ت. و‬ ‫ت و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ،‫زع‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 351
    ٣٥٩…
  • Page 352
    ٣٥٨…
  • Page 353
    ‫ارة‬ ‫در ت ا‬ ‫ن ا ص‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ات أو ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ِ ‫ن‬ ، ‫ص‬ ‫إذا وا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫و ً أو أز‬ ‫ن‬…
  • Page 354
    ‫ة‬ ) . ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ . (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬VR ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا ي‬Uconnect 4 ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ ً‫أ‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ (.‫ت‬ ‫ض‬ ‫در‬ » • ‫ف‬…
  • Page 355
    ‫0987-654-321 وا ع‬ ‫( ر‬ » • ( ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ » • «‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ «USB ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( )ر ه‬ ‫)إ دة ا‬ » • » ‫»؛‬ (‫ا ن‬ » • «(‫درة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫»؛‬Greatest Hits (‫م‬ ‫ا‬ Moonlight ( ‫ا‬…
  • Page 356
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ ‫ع‬ (‫ة‬ » • ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ (‫ار‬ » • ‫ة أ ى‬ ‫ف‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ FM ‫ أو‬AM ‫ت‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 357
    ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫. وإذا‬NAV ‫ض‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ ا‬Uconnect 4 .‫ت‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ .‫ا دة‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ه ا زرار ا‬ UconnectPhone.com ‫رة‬ ‫ت إ ان‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ز وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬…
  • Page 358
    » ‫ح إ «ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و دي ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 359
    «System Information» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ . ‫اد‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ض‬ ‫» و‬ ‫ت ا‬ » ،‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫إ ء آ د‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض آ د‬ «…
  • Page 360
    ‫دة‬ ‫» )ا‬Restore Settings» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ )إ ء‬Cancel ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادا‬ ‫ادات إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ «Clear Personal Data» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ، ‫ا‬…
  • Page 361
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ) List Of Paired Phones .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫ت، را‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫ث‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Phone/Bluetooth ‫م‬ ‫ة أي ا ا‬ ‫ض ه ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫در ا‬ ) List Of Paired Audio Sources .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫ت، را‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 362
    ‫ت ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Treble ‫ق ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Mid ‫ )ا‬Bass ‫اد‬ ‫ام زري ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Treble»‫( و‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Mid»‫( و‬ ‫» )ا‬Bass» ‫إ ادات‬ ، ‫ض ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬Mid/( ‫…
  • Page 363
    «Engine Off Options» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫) رات إ ف‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫» )ا اد‬Radio» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫02 د‬ ‫0 د‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا ب ا ول‬ ‫،…
  • Page 364
    ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ا‬ ‫أو إ ء ا‬ ‫زري ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دون ا‬ ‫رة وإ ء‬ ‫ب )أ اب( ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ا اآ ة‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ً…
  • Page 365
    ‫اب‬ ‫» )ا‬Doors & Locks» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ل‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة وو د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ،(‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫» )إ ء ا‬Auto Unlock On Exit» ‫ة‬ ‫ب…
  • Page 366
    90) 90 sec 60) 60 sec 30) 30 sec 0) 0 sec ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On (‫ب‬ ‫ء ا‬ ) ‫ء‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 367
    ( ‫» )ا ا‬Brakes» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رد‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا دة‬ ‫ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫اء ا وارة أو‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ت…
  • Page 368
    (‫ ) ٍ ل‬High ) Medium ) Low Lights & Chime ‫ )ا‬Lights ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off (‫ة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ذاة ا‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وث‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 369
    Safety & Driving» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ا دة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫» )ا‬Assistance ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Far ) Medium ) Near ‫رة ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) «Forward Collision Warning Plus (FCW+) Sensitivity» ‫د إ اد‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 370
    ‫» )ا‬Clock» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Sync with GPS Time» ‫زر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) «Set Time Hours» ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫م‬…
  • Page 371
    (‫ات‬ ‫» )ا‬Units» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ) Custom (‫ي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Metric ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬US ‫و ات ا س ا‬ ‫ة ا س إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ي( إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Metric» ‫ر‬ ‫دي‬ •…
  • Page 372
    ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ة وأ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ،» ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ » ‫إ اد‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء‬ .»‫اض‬ ‫» أو «ا‬ ‫»ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫د زر‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) «Set Theme»…
  • Page 373
    ‫» )ا‬Language» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ Brasileiro/Deutsch/English/Español/Français/Italiano/) ‫دة‬ ‫ر إ ى ا ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ا‬ ) «Set Language» ‫ة‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ذ‬ ،‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ ا‬Nederlands/Polski/Português/Türk/Pусский/ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 374
    ‫إ أ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ت‬ ‫)ا‬ «Apps» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد، ا‬ ‫د اآ ل ا‬ .‫اد‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫» )ا‬ Settings» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ض‬…
  • Page 375
    ‫دة‬ ‫» )ا‬Restore Settings» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ )إ ء‬Cancel ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادا‬ ‫ادات إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ «Clear Personal Data» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ، ‫ا‬…
  • Page 376
    ‫» )ا‬Phone» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ز ج‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫ت، را‬ ‫ا‬ .Bluetooth/ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫ض ه ا‬ ‫…
  • Page 377
    ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫دة ا‬ ، ،(‫ت‬ ‫ )ار ع ا‬Loudness ‫ة‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ )ا‬AUX ‫ل إد ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫…
  • Page 378
    «Engine Off Options» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫) رات إ ف‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫02 د‬ ‫0 د‬ (‫ت‬ ‫» )ا‬Audio» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ت» و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫»ر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫» )ا ازن وا‬Balance & Fade» ،…
  • Page 379
    ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫اب‬ ‫» )ا‬Doors & Locks» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ل‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On / ‫)02 آ‬ ‫ً /ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫اب أو‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ر…
  • Page 380
    ‫» )ا‬Lights» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ «-«‫زري «+» و‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ » ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا ا‬ ‫إ اد «ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى 3: ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ :2 ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫ى 1: ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 381
    ‫ل‬ ،‫درة ا رة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ه‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫رك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا رة( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) «LaneSense Warning» ‫د إ اد‬ .‫ا دة‬ ‫ت‬ (‫ ) ٍ ل‬High ) Med ) Low (‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت…
  • Page 382
    ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On Safety/Driving» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ا دة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Assistance ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫+ ا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Warning Only ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 383
    (‫ت‬ ‫» )ا‬Voice» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ة‬ ) Brief (‫ )أ ًا‬Never (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ) With Help ( ً ‫ )دا‬Always ‫» )ا‬Time & Date» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫وا ر‬ .‫ت‬…
  • Page 384
    (‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ) «Display» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ ) وي‬Manual ‫ )أو‬Auto ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On (‫ات‬…
  • Page 385
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ادات( ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Settings» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ «X» ‫ا ر‬ ‫أو ا‬ «Apps» ‫زر‬ ‫، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( أو‬ ) up ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ «Settings» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ت‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 386
    ‫دة‬ ‫» )ا‬Restore Settings» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ )إ ء‬Cancel ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادا‬ ‫ادات إ‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Restore Settings» ‫ة‬ «Clear Personal Data» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 387
    ‫ز‬ ‫ )ا‬AUX ‫ل إد ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫( إ‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫» )إزا‬AUX Volume Offset» ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫» )إ اد ا اد‬Radio Setup» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫…
  • Page 388
    (‫ت‬ ‫» )ا‬Audio» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Treble ‫ق ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Mid ‫ )ا‬Bass ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ام زري ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Treble»‫( و‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Mid»‫( و‬ ‫» )ا‬Bass» ‫إ ادات‬ ،…
  • Page 389
    Auto-On Comfort» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Systems ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ء‬All Starts ‫ ) ء‬Remote Start ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ا‬ ( ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫)04 در‬ ‫4.4 در ت‬ ‫ارة أ‬ ‫ن در ت ا‬ ً…
  • Page 390
    ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )ا‬All ‫ )ا‬Driver unlock ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ء ا‬unlock ‫زر‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ،( ‫» )ا‬Driver» ‫ )إ ء ا‬unlock ‫زر‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 391
    ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On (‫ب‬ ‫ء ا‬ ) ‫ء‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا دة آ ة أو إذا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫زاو‬ ‫ف»، إذا آ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ة «أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ . ً ‫ى ا ؤ‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 392
    ( ‫» )ا ا‬Brakes» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ : ً ‫اد ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫» )ا‬Lights» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى 3: ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ :2 ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫ى…
  • Page 393
    ) Late ) Medium ) Early ‫ل‬ ،‫درة ا رة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ه‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫رك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا رة( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) «LaneSense Warning» ‫د إ اد‬ .‫ا دة‬ ‫ت‬ (‫ ) ٍ ل‬High ) Medium ) Low ‫اء‬…
  • Page 394
    ) Near ) Med ) Far ‫رة ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) «Forward Collision Warning Plus (FCW+) Sensitivity» ‫د إ اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( أآ‬ ) «Far» ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫د‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫أ س ا‬ ،‫ة‬…
  • Page 395
    ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On «Safety/Assistance» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ة‬ ‫ن/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off ‫ )ا‬On ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫( ه‬ParkView ‫ع…
  • Page 396
    (‫ات‬ ‫» )ا‬Units» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ) Custom (‫ي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Metric ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬US ‫و ات ا س ا‬ ‫ة ا س إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ي( إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Metric» ‫ر‬ ‫دي‬ •…
  • Page 397
    ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اول ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو زر‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ر ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ،Uconnect 3 ‫م‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ب.
  • Page 398
    ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا زرار ا‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫أ ن ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ ‫ة‬ • .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ن‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا زرار ا‬ www.driveuconnect.com/ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 399
    ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ار‬ ‫أ ث إ‬ ، ً ‫ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل ا اد‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ف‬ .(Uconnect ) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ أو إ ان ه‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫را‬ ،Uconnect .Uconnect ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 400
    ٣١٠…
  • Page 401
    ٣٠٩…
  • Page 402
    ٣٠٨…
  • Page 403
    . ً DOT 3 ‫ن‬ ،DOT 4 ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ .Mopar DOT 4 ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا‬ 24 ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ،DOT 4 ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ R134a ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز…
  • Page 404
    240000/‫ات‬ 10 ‫ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ ا‬Mopar ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا اد‬ ‫ت‬ ‫( وا‬OAT) ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫( ذات‬ 150000) ‫آ‬ .FCA ‫آ‬ MS.90032 ‫(، ا ي‬API) ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬SAE 0W-20 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام…
  • Page 405
    ‫06 ً ا‬ ً 15.9 ‫ك ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫5.5 آ ارت‬ ،SAE 0W-20 ‫)در‬ ‫ك‬ ((API) ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫8.6 آ ارت‬ ‫) آ‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ ا‬Mopar ‫ا‬ /‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ 150000/‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX ‫ى‬ ‫،…
  • Page 406
    ‫( أو ا و ن ا‬CNG) ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ز ا‬ ‫ص ذي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ود و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫( و‬LP) ‫ا ن‬ ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ه ك ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ام…
  • Page 407
    ،‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ة‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ ه‬MTBE ‫دة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ل‬ ‫ا ر ا‬ ‫إ أ‬ ‫. آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا آ ً ا‬ ‫ت…
  • Page 408
    ‫م‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ذي‬ ‫ام‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫) ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ (VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رج‬ ‫رؤ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫م أ‬ (VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 409
    ٣٠١…
  • Page 410
    ٣٠٠…
  • Page 411
    ‫ش‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أو خ أو‬ ‫اد‬ ‫أي‬ ،‫ا ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ل، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة…
  • Page 412
    ‫ور‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أي‬ • ‫ا اد‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• إذا آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ، ‫ج، إ‬ ‫وم‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أو ا‬ ‫و أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء، أو دي إ‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 413
    ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫آ ا ي‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م وآ ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د م وآ ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وآ ر‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ذ أو ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫و و‬ ‫وز‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ى‬…
  • Page 414
    ‫ًا‬ ‫ً ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ارة، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا اء وا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م، و‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ •…
  • Page 415
    ‫رات ذات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ » ‫ا‬ ‫»ا‬ ‫4( ه‬WD) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وأ ى. و‬ ‫ا ة‬ ‫أو إ را‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ار‬ ‫وث أ‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 416
    ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ً آ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ام أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ُ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه…
  • Page 417
    ‫ا‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات. إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ا رض‬ ‫ق وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا داء‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫م إ رات ا‬ ُ…
  • Page 418
    ‫از ذات‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ً ‫أو‬ ً ‫م إ ً را أو‬ • ً ‫ات‬ ‫ة. و‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات‬ ‫ام‬ ‫دي ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ر ا رد. و‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 419
    ‫أو‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة‬ ُ ‫ذ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫إن ه ا‬ ‫اغ ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة أ ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ب…
  • Page 420
    ) ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا ا ت‬ ‫د‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات أو وآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫. را‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ات أ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫ر‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا دث‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ة‬…
  • Page 421
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫س‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫دي‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا ع ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫و‬ ‫خ…
  • Page 422
    ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا د‬ ‫وف ا‬ .‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً ً ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إ أ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫دور‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م إ اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ…
  • Page 423
    ‫و‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ذي ا‬ • ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ل و ع‬ ‫وا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫دي إرا‬ ‫ب ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أن‬ . ‫ا ا‬ » ‫وز ت ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 424
    ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ .»MAX» ‫ا‬ ‫» وا‬MIN» ‫ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ت‬ ‫م و د أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫دا‬ ، ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 425
    ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ت‬ ‫أو‬ ‫م ا ء ا دي‬ • (OAT) ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ذي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫( ذات أ س آ‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫•…
  • Page 426
    ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذو‬ ‫ام‬ ‫و‬ :‫ز‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) (OAT) ‫ا‬ ً ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ف ا‬ • ‫، ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫و‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ • .(MS.90032 ‫اد‬ ‫ر‬ .‫ك‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا وس وا‬ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 427
    ‫أو ا‬ ‫زا ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫م‬ ‫. آ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز إذا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫• و‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا ذى أو ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫• إن زات ا دم‬ ‫ات‬ ‫، وذ‬ ‫ج‬…
  • Page 428
    Spray ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫دوري‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫، أو‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫آ‬ Mopar White Lube ‫دة وإ دة‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫• ا‬ ، ‫أي ز‬ ‫و‬…
  • Page 429
    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫ك أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ء‬ ُ ‫ن ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ «‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ » ‫ر . را‬ ‫ك‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ز‬ ) ‫ا اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت‬…
  • Page 430
    ‫أ‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ر أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. وإذا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 431
    ‫ك. ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أن‬ ، ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أن‬ ‫أآ ل و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ات‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ . ‫ر ا‬ ‫وق أو إ‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 432
    ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫5 — ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ — 10 (‫ات‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫8 — ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ان‬ — 4 ٢٧٨…
  • Page 433
    ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ «‫ن‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫»آ‬ ‫را‬ . ‫ا ور‬ ٢٧٧…
  • Page 434
    ٢٧٦…
  • Page 435
    ٢٧٥…
  • Page 436
    ٢٧٤…
  • Page 437
    ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫(. ا‬EDR) ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ه‬EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم أو ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 438
    ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ذراع ا ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أد‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬…
  • Page 439
    ‫رة‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث إ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م‬ ُ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 440
    ‫ت ا آ رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ال‬ ‫، وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• آ‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫وث أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬…
  • Page 441
    ‫رة‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أو د‬ ‫ر ا‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ذات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ف‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫أو…
  • Page 442
    ‫م ا‬ ‫» )إ ف‬ESC Off» ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫آ أو‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ • ‫م ا‬ ،( ‫و ( )إذا م ا‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ارة‬…
  • Page 443
    ‫ك‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ار ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫د ا وس رج‬ ‫، و ر‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا ع ا‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ : ً ‫د ا وس‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫• إذا آ ن‬ .‫ك‬…
  • Page 444
    ‫ر‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زا آ‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫»إ دة‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫إ اء ا ود‬ ‫» و‬ ‫ارئ». را‬ ‫و د ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ود‬ ‫ل‬…
  • Page 445
    ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫وث‬ ‫اءات إ‬ ‫ا ع ه ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أدر‬ ،(( ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫و‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫زة أو ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫م…
  • Page 446
    .‫ة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ر ، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ . ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت وإر دات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أ ى إذا آ‬ ‫و دي إ‬ ‫ق…
  • Page 447
    ‫أ ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ر وإ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫اءة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأد‬ ‫ا‬ .‫إ رات‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ي ا آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫5. أزل‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 448
    ‫زا‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ً ‫ً دا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫إن‬ .‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ .‫آ ة ًا‬ ‫ر‬ ٌ ‫ر‬ ‫ه ا أن ا‬ • ‫أو‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء. ا‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬…
  • Page 449
    ‫دة‬ ‫أ‬ ، ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ) ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ً ‫رة دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. ا أ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب إ‬ ‫ا‬ 70 — 30 ‫ق ه ا‬ ‫(.
  • Page 450
    ‫ء‬ ‫زا ا‬ ،‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م دة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ي‬ • ‫دة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ر‬ ‫• إذا آ ن ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫وث رد‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا اء‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ام إ ر‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 451
    ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫إ‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫ا ة‬ . ‫إ رات درا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫وأدر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأ…
  • Page 452
    .‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫اس ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ء ا ر‬ ‫م إزا ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ع ه ا ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫-02 در‬…
  • Page 453
    ‫ذي‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ام‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ول آ‬ ، ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ • ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى أ‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫دي ار ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫آ…
  • Page 454
    ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫وا ة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا اء‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا اء أو ا‬ ‫أ ء و د ا‬ ‫رب…
  • Page 455
    ‫ًا‬ ‫ٍ و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رات ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ٍ و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ف ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 456
    ‫و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداة ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫ا ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ، ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬…
  • Page 457
    ‫رة‬ ‫ءة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ ‫ءة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ ( ‫ا اآ‬ TTM ‫زة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 458
    ‫ل‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫زا‬ ،‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫ر 1 ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر 2 )إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬…
  • Page 459
    ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫5.7 أ‬ ‫ة ا اآ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ ،‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫، ا‬USB، VSU /UCI ، ‫ار، ا اد‬ ‫ة ا‬ /‫م‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ ً…
  • Page 460
    ‫وا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫04 أ‬ – (HVAC) ‫ا اء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ اد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫03 أ‬ – – ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫5 أ‬ – – ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 461
    ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫5.7 أ‬ – – ‫ا ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ – – ‫04 أ‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – – ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – – ‫رة‬…
  • Page 462
    ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫آ‬ – – ‫أ‬ ‫07 أ‬ ‫ة، و ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫آ‬ – – ‫أ‬ ‫07 أ‬ ‫ا ز ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫آ‬ – ‫ن‬ ‫رة 03 أ‬ ‫ت‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ردي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة…
  • Page 463
    ‫دة دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ات ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ر ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫م، و آ‬ ‫وق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ء ا‬ ّ .1 ً ‫ة‬ ‫ذي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د دا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 464
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫د أ‬ ‫ح، ا‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ • !‫وق‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ا دم‬ ‫ً ا‬ ً ‫م دا‬ ‫ق، ا‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ُ ى‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل أ‬ ً ً…
  • Page 465
    ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ء‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫4. أ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ء‬ ‫آ‬ ‫3. أ‬ ‫آ‬…
  • Page 466
    ‫ا آ‬ ، ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫5. أ‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫6. أ‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫7. وأ ً ا أ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ي‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ة، و آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4.
  • Page 467
    ‫رب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫5. ا‬ ، ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫زا ا‬ . ‫دة آ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. أ‬ ‫وة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫7. أ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ى وا‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬…
  • Page 468
    ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫آ‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫آ‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫1. أدر ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫1. أدر ا‬ ‫وه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫وة ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ •…
  • Page 469
    ‫ء‬ ‫در ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذات‬ ‫. و ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا ا ة‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ل إ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ول‬…
  • Page 470
    H11LL ‫)ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 9005LL ‫)ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ PSX24W ( DRL) ‫ر‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫/أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ 7444NA ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫ى ا آ ا‬ ) LED ‫ح‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 471
    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام وا‬ ‫إن ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ح وا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 472
    ٢٣٨…
  • Page 473
    ٢٣٧…
  • Page 474
    ٢٣٦…
  • Page 475
    ‫، و‬ ‫أو روا‬ ‫و د‬ ً ‫ا اد‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫ء إ ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫دارة ا‬ ‫إذا م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ » » ‫ذ‬ ، ‫ق ا ا‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ل ا ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 476
    ‫ث )ر ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ز‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫وف ا دة‬ ‫و ً دا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ام ه ا ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا را‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ه ا ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 477
    ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫5. أدر‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا ً ا ا‬ ‫ر ، ا‬ • . ‫و ره‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫6. ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت. ا‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ص أر‬ ‫ن‬…
  • Page 478
    ‫ات إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ن وآ ءة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ط ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. را‬ ‫رة )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ( 503) ‫56.1 م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 479
    ‫ات إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف‬ ( 1007) ‫03.3 أ ام‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ن وآ ءة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ( 494) ‫26.1 م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ط ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ( 424) ‫93.1 م‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. را‬ ‫رة )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬…
  • Page 480
    ‫أزرق/أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ +12) ‫دا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ +12) ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ 10 ( ‫ل )ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل )ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ .» ‫ا‬ ‫»ا‬ ‫» إ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ة…
  • Page 481
    ‫رة أو‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫أي أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫رب )أو أي‬ ‫5 — أر‬ ‫ر‬…
  • Page 482
    ‫»ا‬ «‫رات‬ ‫»ا‬ ‫رات، را‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ال‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ » ‫وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫رات ذات‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دي ذ‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫رو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل…
  • Page 483
    ‫ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫وز أ‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫أو‬ • ( ‫)508 آ‬ 500 ‫أول‬ ‫رة‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ . ‫زا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ب ا زن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 484
    ‫) از ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫وزان‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ة ر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ز‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫وذ‬ ‫رة / ا‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 485
    ‫آ ة‬ ‫ن ه ا ة ا‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫( ه وزن ا‬GTW) ‫رة‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ض أ اء‬ ، ‫ً ءا‬ ‫ر ه ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا اد ا‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 486
    ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫( ا‬GAWR) ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ووزن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا زن ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ (GAWR) ‫ي ه ا ا‬ .(VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫رة وه‬ ‫ا رض ه وزن ا‬ ‫رة‬…
  • Page 487
    ‫رة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إ‬ ً ‫• ا‬ ‫ً أو أ ء‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ن‬ .‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً أي آ‬ • ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً آ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 488
    ‫ا ب ا‬ .‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫زر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ء‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫أو زر إ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ة ا ب‬ ‫؛‬ ‫أ ب ا‬ ‫د دا‬ ‫ه أداة ا ود‬ ‫4.
  • Page 489
    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ، ‫ح‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ اج ا‬ ‫ً دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫رة…
  • Page 490
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة إ‬ ‫ف ور‬ ،‫ا رة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م ا‬ ،‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن. )ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ .( ‫،…
  • Page 491
    ‫ات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا ر ، و‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ،‫درة ا رة‬ ‫ا اب ا رة و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫درة‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ا دة إذا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ن…
  • Page 492
    ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا رة ا‬ ‫ل‬ ،‫ا رة‬ ‫اف‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ .‫ود ا رة‬ ‫آ‬…
  • Page 493
    (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ،(‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ • ‫ )إ ف ا‬off ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬on ‫م‬ LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫دورة‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫)ا‬…
  • Page 494
    ‫ي‬ ‫ا دة، إ‬ ‫و‬ ( ‫آ ، إ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ن ا آ ، أو‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أن‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫رات، إ (. خ ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ة ا س، وذ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ .‫ورة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫د‬…
  • Page 495
    ‫ت‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫• إذا‬ .‫رة آ ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ات إ أ‬ ‫ا‬ • . ً ( ‫)05 آ‬ ‫ً /ا‬ ،‫م‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ات‬ • ‫م‬ ‫. ا ص‬ ‫أو…
  • Page 496
    ٢١٤…
  • Page 497
    ‫ر ا‬ ‫م و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اؤه‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫و ع إ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورة…
  • Page 498
    ‫ض‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ — Active ParkSense Complete» ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫وإ ف ا‬ ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫» )اآ‬Check Parking Position ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫ن‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫إر د إ‬ ‫اء‬…
  • Page 499
    ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وإ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر د ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ،‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وإ ف‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 500
    ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إر دك‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫د و د ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE .‫ا دة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ودوا‬ ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 501
    ‫د ا‬ ‫أن‬ ، ‫ن‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense (‫ورة‬ ‫ع ا‬ ً ) ‫د‬ ‫از أو‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ورة‬ ‫اآ ل ا‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ى ر ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫ل…
  • Page 502
    ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر د ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫وإ ف ا‬ ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫إر د إ‬ ‫اء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ . ً ‫ا‬…
  • Page 503
    ‫ودوا‬ ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا و‬ ‫ورة ا‬ ‫د أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا دة‬ .‫ء‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ء‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • (‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬…
  • Page 504
    ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إر دك‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫د و د ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ف‬ • ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE .‫ا دة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫آ ا‬ ،‫دة‬ ‫أ آ‬ ‫رت‬ ‫) ل: إذا‬…
  • Page 505
    ‫م‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ .ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ • / ً / ‫03 آ‬ ‫رة أآ‬ ‫ا‬ • (‫ )أو‬or ‫ — )ا‬Press ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ب ا‬ ‫• إ‬ «(‫ورة‬ ‫ا‬ ) to Switch Maneuver ‫)5 أ ل/ا‬ / ‫7 آ‬…
  • Page 506
    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ ‫دا ً ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫أداة‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ • ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أي أ ء‬ ‫ول‬ ‫وا‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، و‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ام‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 507
    ‫إ‬ ‫إ ف‬ ،ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ) «SDW Not Available» ‫ح‬ ‫و‬ ‫إذا‬ ،‫ة أ ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ض ه ا‬ — (‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً . و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 508
    ‫ة‬ ‫داد ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أداة‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ا اب ا‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، و‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اف‬ ‫اآ ف‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ذ‬ .‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫أو‬…
  • Page 509
    ‫م‬ ‫ف‬ ParkSense ‫ح‬ ‫م‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫و‬ ParkSense ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ق‬ ‫رات و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ر‬ ‫ا را ت و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫وا‬…
  • Page 510
    PARKSENSE» ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ ا ص‬LED ‫ح‬ UNAVAILABLE WIPE REAR ‫ أو‬ParkSense ‫م‬ ParkSense ‫ و‬ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ «SENSORS ‫م‬ ‫ ا ص‬LED ‫ح‬ ‫د‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ، PARKSENSE ‫ا‬ ‫م. إذا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 511
    ‫أ‬ 25-12 39-25 47-39 ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 65-30) 100-65) 120-100) ‫ا ول ا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اس — ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول ا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫اس — ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 512
    ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ، إذا آ ن‬ ،(‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض أ اس‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ParkSense ‫ض س‬ ‫ل‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 513
    ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ً وا ًا وا ً و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ 25-12 39-25 47-39 59-47 79-59 ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 65-30) 100-65) 120-100) 150-120) 200-150) 200) ‫ا ول ا ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 514
    ‫ض س‬ ‫ل‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل رؤ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ء‬ ‫أو أآ‬ ‫د‬ ُ ‫ات اآ ف ا ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫( و‬ ‫وا‬ ً ‫، وذ و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 515
    ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ .‫رة‬ ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ن‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إزا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أداة‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ • NEUTRAL ‫( أو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ، ‫آ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة،…
  • Page 516
    ‫أن‬ ‫ف إ‬ ‫ا‬ ،ParkSense ‫م إ اء‬ ، PARKSENSE ‫م‬ ‫ح‬ ‫و‬ ‫إذا‬ ،‫ة أ ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة ا س، را‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ر‬ ، ParkSense ‫ا‬…
  • Page 517
    ‫أ‬ 65-30 100-65 120-100 150-120 200-150 ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 25-12) 39-25) 47-39) 59-47) 79-59) ‫ا ول ا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اس — ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول ا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 518
    ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ً وا ًا وا ً و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ١٩٢…
  • Page 519
    ‫ض س‬ ‫ل‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ء‬ ‫أو أآ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Adaptive Cruise Control ‫زر‬ ‫• ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫،…
  • Page 520
    ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا ا‬ ‫وزت در‬ ‫• إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫و دي آ‬ .(‫زا ة‬ ‫/ا‬ 1 ‫ار‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ‫ )ا‬SET ‫زر‬ ‫دي ا‬ • .(‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫• إ اج‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 521
    ‫إ ( و‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫(( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا د )ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ز أي ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دي )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا ي‬ ) ‫ا دي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ SET ‫زر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ز دة ا‬ ،( ‫رة‬…
  • Page 522
    ً ‫. آ‬ ‫ا رة أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ام ا ا ، إذا م ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫دا ً و‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ،‫ل‬…
  • Page 523
    ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ام و ة ا‬ ‫رة أ ء ا‬ ُ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ،(ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .(ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫اءة‬ ‫، وآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫م‬ ،‫ار‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رع‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ACC/FCW Unavailable»…
  • Page 524
    ACC/FCW Limited» ‫ض ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر )أآ‬ ‫ا ادار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ Functionality Clean Front Windshield» ‫، أو‬ ‫ج، أو‬ ‫ً ( دون و د أي‬ ‫ل آ ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬…
  • Page 525
    ACC / FCW Unavailable» ‫ض ا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ • ‫» )و ة ا‬Wipe Front Radar Sensor ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬…
  • Page 526
    ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ازد م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫• ُ ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ازد م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ف ا‬ ً…
  • Page 527
    ‫ة ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اد‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل( و‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫و‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫)ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ام إ اد ا‬ ‫)ا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 528
    ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ،‫وي‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫و دي آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا ر‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫/ا‬ 1 ‫ار‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ً…
  • Page 529
    ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ط، إذا آ‬ ‫( أو ا‬NEUTRAL) :‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫ام دوا‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ور…
  • Page 530
    ‫/إ ف‬ ‫زر‬ ‫م، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫د. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫رة رج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ • ،(ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫وز ا‬ ‫رة ز دة‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ…
  • Page 531
    ، ‫ث د‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا ف‬ ‫أ ا‬ ‫م و ة‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ .(ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً /ا‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( إذا آ‬ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م…
  • Page 532
    ‫ا‬ ‫ام أزرار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( آ‬ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ .‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫. آ دو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رادار‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 533
    ‫م‬ ‫و ات ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫)آ‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫( أو ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ) Speed Control ‫ة وا ة‬ (+ ( ‫ )ا‬SET ‫زر‬ ‫دي ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ 1 ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز…
  • Page 534
    STOP/START ‫م‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ SERVICE STOP/» ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫ا زم‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف/ ء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫» ) م‬START SYSTEM ‫م‬…
  • Page 535
    ‫ة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ) ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ • (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ • .( ‫ا ا‬ ‫ام دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ )إ ف‬STOP/START OFF ‫ح‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ات دون أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫دة…
  • Page 536
    .‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ » ‫(. را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ت ا‬ ‫• إذا ا‬ «‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫»ا‬ «‫ا س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 537
    ASSIST OFF — SERVICE SYSTEM» ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ • ‫م( ور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ — ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إ ف‬ .‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى أآ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ر‬ ) Rock ‫و‬ • ،‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬…
  • Page 538
    LOCK ‫ ا‬LED • ‫ح‬ ) LOW‫( و‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ Selec-Terrain ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4″ )ا‬WD LOW» ‫ء‬ • .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ،( ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫زر‬ ‫(. ا‬ ‫…
  • Page 539
    ‫ت‬ ‫إد‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ت‬ ‫ث دوران‬ ) ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا ر . إن ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫إر ل ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 540
    ‫إ دة‬ ، ‫وث‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫د ا‬ • ‫م )-(، إ إذا آ ن ذ‬ ‫)+( أو‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫وذ‬ ‫ا وس ا‬ ‫داد‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو اآ ف‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ا س‬ ‫ا ا ة. و‬ ‫ك…
  • Page 541
    ،( ‫أو ا‬ ‫إ ا س ا‬ ‫م )وا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا وس ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫رة‬ ‫و ف ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫م ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ » » ‫آ )را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك و/أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اص ا دة ا‬ (‫…
  • Page 542
    ‫و‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫د‬ • ‫ة ا‬ ‫ح( )أو‬ ‫( )إ اج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ك‬ • ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ ،‫ا ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬…
  • Page 543
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ PARK ‫ع ا‬ ‫آ أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫دي‬ ‫(، وإ‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ REVERSE‫و‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا دة( وا‬DRIVE‫( و‬ ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL‫و‬ ‫(.
  • Page 544
    ‫د ا وس و س‬ ‫م و د‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ ‫د ا‬ ،‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د س‬ ‫( وا ي‬BTSI) ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬…
  • Page 545
    ‫ب‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ • ‫د إ إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫• دي‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ل إ (، و‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫)أو‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫رة أ ء‬ ‫درة…
  • Page 546
    ‫ا وس‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا ع‬ • ‫ك و/أو‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫أد‬ ‫آ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ ا وس ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ، ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫و/أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬…
  • Page 547
    ‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫آ ه‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫؛‬ ‫وا داء ا‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ن ا‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ول‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رع‬ ‫رة ا آ رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫زا أو‬ . ‫ه‬ ُ…
  • Page 548
    ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫س‬ REVERSE ‫(، ار‬ ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ر‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫و ّ ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أ‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر إ ء‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 549
    :‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ SafeHold ‫وز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫( أ ء‬EPB) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ (EPB) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫د‬ ‫ا ا . و‬ ‫دوا‬…
  • Page 550
    .( ‫ )ا ا‬BRAKE ‫ح‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ن‬ ، ‫ه ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ » ‫ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ » ‫إذا ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك أ ًا ا‬ • ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل…
  • Page 551
    ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫ا ً را‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ت أز‬ ‫إ‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة،…
  • Page 552
    ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة، أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك ور‬ ‫، ا ك ا‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ً ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ و‬Velcro ‫إ ف‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة دا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 553
    ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. أ ء‬ ‫ك ا دئ‬ ،‫و ت‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. إذا‬ ‫ )إ ف/إ ف ا‬STOP/OFF .‫اء‬ ‫آ ر ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ة 01 د‬ ‫د‬ ‫د أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول أ ًا‬ •…
  • Page 554
    ENGINE START/STOP ‫زر‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ (‫ك‬ ‫/إ ف ا‬ ‫) ء‬ ً ‫اء أآ ن ر ً دا أو دا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا دي‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا دي‬ ‫أو…
  • Page 555
    ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫آ‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة؛ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫اع ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ .‫ت ا دة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫إ أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ن‬…
  • Page 556
    ١٥٤…
  • Page 557
    ١٥٣…
  • Page 558
    ١٥٢…
  • Page 559
    ١٥١…
  • Page 560
    ١٥٠…
  • Page 561
    ‫إذا آ ن ه ك أي آ زا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و د‬ ‫و. آ‬ ‫ا ا ت أو آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اس‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ج أو أي‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ً ‫ا اس‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫أو…
  • Page 562
    ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫أي أ ء أ‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫إزا‬ ً ‫• ا ص دا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫. و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إن ه ا‬ .( ‫، إ‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 563
    ‫أو أ آ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة دور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وري د ل أو إ اج‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫و د أ اء‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫م…
  • Page 564
    ‫ا أس و‬ ‫، ر‬ ‫رأس‬ ‫ذ . وإذا‬ ‫إن أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ، ّ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• إذا آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫دي‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ، ً ‫ذ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 565
    ‫51 إ‬ — II ‫52 آ‬ ‫22 إ‬ — III ‫63 آ‬ ، ‫ي‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫4. إذا آ ن‬ ‫ول أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫. را‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ = (1) • ‫ت أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل‬…
  • Page 566
    ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول أد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ISOFIX ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ .ECE 16 ‫ر‬ ‫ر ا ورو‬ ً ‫ و‬ISOFIX ISO/L1 ‫ا‬ ISO/L2 IUF/IUF ISO/R1 ‫آ‬ IUF/IUF ISO/R1 ‫آ‬ IUF/IUF ISO/R2 IUF/IUF ISO/R3 ‫ح‬ IUF/IUF ISO/R2 ‫9 إ‬…
  • Page 567
    ‫آ‬ ‫ت أ‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫د‬ ‫ر‬ ‫س‬ ‫ أو‬ISOFIX ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ي ه ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫. ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ اع أ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬ ISOFIX ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أ‬ ‫آ‬ .ISOFIX ‫م‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 568
    ‫ ا م‬ISOFIX ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ز‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫. آ‬E ‫ا‬ 1 ‫ا زن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أ ن ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫، ا‬ 1.50 ‫ل ا‬ .‫ت أوزان أ ى‬ ISOFIX ‫ل‬…
  • Page 569
    ‫ل، ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫م ا‬ • ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫م‬ ‫م أداء‬ ‫أن دي إ‬ ‫ء ا آ‬ • ‫ أو‬ISOFIX ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن أو‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫م أو ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫.
  • Page 570
    ‫أ م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫دة‬ ‫ا خ ا‬ . ً ‫و دة ه ا‬ ‫ً أو‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ، ‫أ‬ ‫، أو إ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة…
  • Page 571
    ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ، ‫أورو‬ :‫ت أوزان‬ ‫إ‬ ‫، وا ي‬ECE-R44 ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا اآ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اآ‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫01 آ‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫اق‬ ‫ارات/ا‬…
  • Page 572
    ‫ق أ‬ ‫/إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا آ ب‬ ‫• إذا آ ن ا‬ ‫أم ؛‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫م‬ • ‫دوا‬ ‫)إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ • ‫، إذ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و دة ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ؛‬ ‫د…
  • Page 573
    . ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ول‬ • ‫أو‬ ‫دون‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫وا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ء‬ ُ ‫ح إ رة‬ ‫9. أدر‬ ‫ت‬…
  • Page 574
    ‫ب‬ ‫ا رض‬ ‫ك و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ،‫ا دث‬ ‫م و ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫د‬ ‫ك و ان ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬…
  • Page 575
    ،‫ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا رد. وإذا أ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ق ا اء ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب آ‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 576
    ‫دم‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ً دا إ‬ ‫ً ، ا‬ ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫دم‬ ‫دث‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ل ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ض ا آ ب‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ا‬…
  • Page 577
    ‫أآ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن ا‬ .(SABIC) . ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا خ ا‬ ‫أي أ ء‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( )إذا آ‬SABIC) ‫ا‬…
  • Page 578
    ‫إ‬ ‫ول أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اءات ا اردة‬ ‫دي ا ع ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ • ‫ء‬ ‫( )ا‬ ) ENABLE ‫ت ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 579
    ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫دم‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ده‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ «OK» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ «OK» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫إآ ل ه‬ ‫إذا‬ ( ) «Yes» «Passenger ‫ل د‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫دة‬…
  • Page 580
    ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو‬ «OK» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫وا ة‬ «YES» ‫ر‬ ‫ا دة‬ Passenger ‫آ‬ «Passenger AIRBAG OFF ‫دة‬ ‫» )ا‬AIRBAG «OK» ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إ ف‬ ( ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫إآ ل ه‬ ‫إذا‬…
  • Page 581
    ‫ء‬ ‫اآ إ إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءا ا‬ • ‫اآ‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫)إ ف‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ . ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫)إ ف‬ .‫أ ء ا دة‬ ‫ءا…
  • Page 582
    ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ء‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ء آ‬ – ‫اآ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ّ آ‬ • ‫دة‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫)إ ف‬ ‫م‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا س ا‬ Passenger Air Bag ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 583
    ،‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫رة‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا خ ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ م و دة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • . ‫او‬ ‫ا ت ا زا‬ ‫وا‬…
  • Page 584
    ‫ة‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫م إ‬ • ‫ح‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫ا ٍ ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أر‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ (‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 585
    ‫م‬ ،(‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫( أو و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ .‫دم‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫و‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل…
  • Page 586
    ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ار ء‬ ‫، أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫• إذا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ض، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ،‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب ار اء أ‬ ‫ام‬…
  • Page 587
    ّ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫، إذا آ‬ ‫ة أ‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ّ و ً دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ام أ ن ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ً ، وإذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫أن‬ ‫. و‬ ‫وإ‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ام أ ن‬ ‫ام…
  • Page 588
    12 ‫6 إ‬ 30 ‫إ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ً ، أد‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫3. و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ،‫ج‬ ‫ق ح ا‬ ً ‫ت ا ي ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ق ح ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اث‬ ‫او 081 در‬ ‫ر‬…
  • Page 589
    ‫ً وا‬ ‫ا ب. ا‬ ‫رة وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. اد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫• إن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار اء‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫دم. و‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 590
    ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫)إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ا‬ ُ .( ‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ BeltAlert ‫دي إ‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دة و‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 591
    ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ام. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫م‬ • ‫ل، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أ‬ ‫ً وا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫، إذ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و دة ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ام‬…
  • Page 592
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ز أي ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ن‬ (—) ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 593
    ‫ً /ا‬ / ‫42 آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة 02 د‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫آ‬ • (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ » ،( ‫ً /ا‬ / ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫اق…
  • Page 594
    ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫م‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ً /ا‬ / ‫42 آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ً وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه…
  • Page 595
    ‫أ‬ ‫ة 02 د‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة. و‬ ُ ‫ر ا رد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ » ،( ‫ً /ا‬ / ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫اق وا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 596
    ‫ه اء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫و ة‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اءا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ء‬ ‫آ…
  • Page 597
    ُ ‫خ ا رد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ،‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رات إذا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ات أو ا‬ ‫دي…
  • Page 598
    ‫ن‬ ، ‫وف ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ًا. وه ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫( وا‬ ) «Far» ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 599
    ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ذ إ اء و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫ا ر‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ول‬ ‫. وا‬ ‫د ت ا‬ ‫أ اع ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 600
    ‫ا ا‬ ‫ز أي ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫و‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬…
  • Page 601
    ، ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام آ‬ ‫ا‬ (RCP) ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫م‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ت ا اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ور ا‬ ‫رؤ وا‬ ٍ . ‫رة د‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ً (RCP) ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫م اآ ف‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 602
    ‫ار‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ص ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫ه . و‬ ‫اف، و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 603
    ‫ار‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫( إ‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ • ‫( رة‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا ؤ ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫)و‬ ‫8.3 أ ر‬ ‫رة‬…
  • Page 604
    (TSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رة آ ف و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أو إ ف‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ا‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 605
    ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا س‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ن‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫رة‬ (HDC) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إن‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا س‬ ‫رة‬…
  • Page 606
    4WD LOW ‫ق‬ ‫رج‬ ‫ا دة‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫و م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫( )ا‬ ) Active .3 ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)ا‬ .(‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫م ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫• ب ا‬ ‫أو ا ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ (HDC) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ .
  • Page 607
    ‫ك. إذا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫(. و‬ ‫ )ا‬ON ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ » ESC Activation/Malfunction» ‫ء آ‬ • ‫ءة أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ » ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ /(ESC) ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ) «Indicator Light ‫م‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك،…
  • Page 608
    ‫ذ‬ .( ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫)إ ف‬ ( ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫» )إ ف‬Off (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ) «ESC On» ‫دة و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 609
    ‫ف ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Partial Off» ‫و‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ق أو ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا دة‬ ‫ة ا دة‬ ‫ا و ت ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫. آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫م ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م…
  • Page 610
    ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ار ع ا‬ ‫م ا ي‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ء أو‬ ‫م‬…
  • Page 611
    ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و د‬ ً (BLD) (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫( و‬TCS) ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت أو ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫م ز‬ ‫م‬ ‫م. ه ا ا‬ (EBC) ‫م‬…
  • Page 612
    ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ .(ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫م‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ل رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ • ‫رة أو‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫م أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ة وا‬ .
  • Page 613
    ٩٧…
  • Page 614
    ٩٦…
  • Page 615
    ‫ز‬ ‫• إذا‬ ، ‫ك ا‬ ‫ز‬ ،II ‫ذ‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء أ‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ن، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل، إ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ل، أو ا‬ ‫•…
  • Page 616
    ‫ع إ ا آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫إ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ب و‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء ه ا ا‬ Stop/Start ‫ن و‬ ‫ء ه ا ا‬ ‫و ده‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫» )ا‬Autostop» ‫و‬…
  • Page 617
    ‫( — إذا‬ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫»و ة ا‬ ‫ل‬ » ‫»ا ء وا‬ » ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ن أ‬ ‫ء ه ا ا‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ء ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ءة‬ ،‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 618
    ‫ه ً ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫رة وا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ،‫ً ء‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫د. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ورة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫درة‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ات‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .(ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ «…
  • Page 619
    ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ » ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ «(ESC) ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء ه ا ا‬ ُ…
  • Page 620
    ‫وا ة أو أآ‬ ‫ال إ ر أو‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫ى‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ان‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات أو ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د إ ر‬ ‫. إن ا دة‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 621
    ‫»ا ء‬ «(ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (MIL) ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫و ا‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ » ‫وا‬ ‫ان ري‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫د‬ ،‫ً ا‬ 60 ‫ً ا أو‬ 51 ‫اء آ ن‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز.
  • Page 622
    ‫ة‬ «(ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ /‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC/ON/RUN ‫ق( أو‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ن‬ /ACC ‫ق( أو‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫و‬…
  • Page 623
    ‫ر إ رة‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫دي ا دة ا‬ ‫و أو‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ء ه ا ا‬ .‫وا ة‬ ‫إ ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة وا ة و‬ / ‫021 آ‬…
  • Page 624
    ‫ء‬ ‫ح. إذا‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ً ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ء أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ى ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ا‬ ‫وا‬…
  • Page 625
    ‫ءة أو إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو إذا ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ى ا آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫أ ء ا دة‬ ‫( و‬ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫أ ب و‬ ‫زر‬…
  • Page 626
    ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫، و آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات آ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫، و‬ +12 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارات‬ ‫ت، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وأ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض إ‬ • ‫051 وات‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 627
    ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ة ا‬ (- -) ‫ا س‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(، وو‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ض ر‬ ‫ا‬ 360 ‫او‬ ‫آ ل دورة أو أآ‬ ‫ة…
  • Page 628
    ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ) Horn With Remote Lock • ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Lights Off Delay • (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ا‬ ) LaneSense Warning • ‫ا‬ ‫/إ ء‬ :( ُ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ «‫اد‬ ‫»ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬…
  • Page 629
    ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ) Front ParkSense Volume • ‫( )إذا‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا اد‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ . ‫وا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫وا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ، ‫ا‬…
  • Page 630
    ‫• ا ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫• ا‬ Audio ‫ان‬ ‫ض‬ ‫و ر‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ (‫ت‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ان ا‬ ) Menu Title • ‫ا‬ • ‫• ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )در‬Outside Temp • •…
  • Page 631
    ‫ف‬ .(‫ب‬ ‫ )ا‬Trip B ‫أ( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬Trip A ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ — (‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬Range • ‫ة ا س إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫د‬ • ‫ت ا‬ ) Trip information ‫ض‬ ‫ات( ا‬ ‫ل أو‬ ) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م…
  • Page 632
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫» )و ة ا‬Control Ready ‫ن‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ أو زر‬SET + ‫و ر زر‬ ‫ه ة( وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ى‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا دة( و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ )ا‬SET- Driver ‫ان‬…
  • Page 633
    ‫ )ا‬Trip • ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Messages • ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫• ا‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا س‬ ‫وا ا ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ اد ا‬Screen Setup • (‫رة‬ ‫ )إ ادات ا‬Vehicle Settings • ‫و…
  • Page 634
    ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س در‬ ‫ح‬ ‫رة ا د‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ء أ‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫در‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س در‬ ‫• ل‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ى‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ك. ذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ف ل ذ‬ ،…
  • Page 635
    ‫د‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫»ا‬ «‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫س إ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ • .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ «‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك )ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا ورات‬ ‫ك‬…
  • Page 636
    ٧٤…
  • Page 637
    ٧٣…
  • Page 638
    ٧٢…
  • Page 639
    ‫وز أ‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫. وزع دوً ا وزان ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و وار‬ ‫رة‬ .‫ا و ت‬ ‫؛‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫اج؛‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أ اح ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 640
    ‫ا ا‬ .‫دد‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ر ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫و ت وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ • .‫051 وات‬ ‫ا ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫وز ا زن ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م…
  • Page 641
    ً ‫أ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا آ اب آ ب ا‬ ‫ا ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ • .‫آ ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ر…
  • Page 642
    ‫أن‬ ‫آ ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ و‬PDA ‫ة‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫أ ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة أ ء و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا دة و‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 643
    ‫آ‬ ، ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وث ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ل‬ «‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫»ا‬ » ‫»ا‬ ‫را‬ : ‫ر‬…
  • Page 644
    ‫ا ر‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى أر‬ ‫، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ف ا‬ ‫رج، و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ار، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ر‬ 181 ‫ر ـ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أر‬ ‫ي‬…
  • Page 645
    ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• إذا‬ ‫)051 در‬ ‫رب 56 در‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫اآ ت‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫(. و آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫أي ز‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 646
    ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أي‬ ‫ة. ِ ّ ر‬ ‫ة وا أ إ ال ب ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ق ب ا‬ ‫إ‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ و‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ق ب ا‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 647
    ‫ذراع‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا ر‬ ‫إ ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫دي أي‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ك إ‬ ‫ا‬ ً 30 ‫ار‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ ل‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫د أن‬ .‫ا رض‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 648
    ‫ا‬ ‫ح أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه از‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة أ ى‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ة ه ب ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ً . وذ‬ ‫و‬…
  • Page 649
    .» ‫ا‬ » ‫ً . وذ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ح دي إ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫»، أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء «ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫، وذ‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح إ‬ ‫. و دي أي‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 650
    ‫ة ا‬ ‫، ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫وث إ‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ د ذرا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫ا و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 651
    ‫ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ة و ر‬ ‫و‬ ،Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ .‫ا ول‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫ب ا ـ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح…
  • Page 652
    ٥٨…
  • Page 653
    ‫ا اء‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د أ م‬ ‫ا اء ا‬ ‫م و د أ ء‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫اآ ا‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وا ح. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أوراق‬ ‫أوراق ا‬ ،…
  • Page 654
    ‫ى ا ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ . ً ‫أو‬ ‫ب و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أو ا وا‬ ً ‫ن ا اء ا ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو إذا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ى ا ي‬ ‫م…
  • Page 655
    ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫وف ا ردة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ى‬…
  • Page 656
    ‫. و دي‬ ‫ت‬ ‫و‬ ‫ارة. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا اء ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ُ ‫أو‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وي. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 657
    ‫إزا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫ )إزا ا‬Defrost ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا اء ا‬ ‫إ اد‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر إزا ا‬ ‫ا‬ Defrost ‫م و‬ ‫و . ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ، ‫زر إزا ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫أو ا ا ا‬ ‫ج…
  • Page 658
    ‫اج‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا اء( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أ ى إ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اء. دى ا‬ .(‫ا اء‬ ) A/C ‫ء…
  • Page 659
    ٥١…
  • Page 660
    ‫ا اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫اص ا ّ وارة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و/أو‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ اء دا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر‬ ٥٠…
  • Page 661
    ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫وف ا ردة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ى‬…
  • Page 662
    ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Rear Defrost Control ‫و ر زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫01 د‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 663
    ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫إ اد‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر ، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أ ى أو‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫إ اج ا اء. دي ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫در‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 664
    — • ‫م‬ ‫، اد ا راع إ ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ً ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن در‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ا راع أ ء‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ا ذاذ. إذا‬ 0.6) ‫33 در‬…
  • Page 665
    ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أدوات دة أو‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م أدوات‬ • ‫ا ذاذ‬ ‫إ و‬ ‫ت. اد ا راع‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا ا ا‬ .‫وا ة‬ ‫دورة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ر‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬…
  • Page 666
    ‫ح ا‬ ، ‫ح ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ق( أو أدر‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ة 51 د‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 667
    ‫ف‬ ‫» )إ رة ا‬Turn Signal On» ‫ر‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة آ‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ي‬…
  • Page 668
    ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ .‫ءة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫)إ ف ا‬ ،( ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ 45 ‫ل‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ذو‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 669
    ‫و‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( إ‬O) ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫. دي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا س‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬…
  • Page 670
    ‫وً دون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/إ ء‬ • ‫م أو‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫ر. وا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ة‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫: ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ . ‫ت ا دة ا د‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 671
    ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ، ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رأس ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م أدوات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو إ‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ش ا‬ ، ‫ة أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ .‫ه ت‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 672
    ‫ة‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫رج أو‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ب‬ ، ‫د ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫زر‬ ‫آ وي‬ ‫ة…
  • Page 673
    ، ‫ا و‬ ‫أي رآ ب ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رؤ‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫. را‬ ‫أ اض ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫ا أس‬ ‫ورة‬ ،‫ا أس‬ ‫إ ا‬ ‫ا أس، ا‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 674
    ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ،‫ا آ ب‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫• إن رآ ب ا‬ ‫ه إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫س‬ ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫اء آ ن ذ‬ ‫آ‬…
  • Page 675
    ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ،(HI) ‫ٍ ل‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬ (LO) ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫ه ا ة‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ض در ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وق‬ ‫ض ه ء‬ ‫إ‬…
  • Page 676
    ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫أ ز‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ر‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫م أو‬ ‫إ‬ ‫د و دة ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ور ا‬ ‫،…
  • Page 677
    ‫ل‬ ‫ن و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ن‬ ، ‫و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا ُ ز ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ث ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ب‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ً دا أ م ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام ذراع‬ ‫ل…
  • Page 678
    ‫ا ب‬ ‫ل، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا ب‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 679
    ‫م د ل‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اء‬ • ‫ة، ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ 1.5) ‫5 أ ام‬ .‫ح‬ ‫أ ء و د ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام إ ى‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬…
  • Page 680
    ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا اآ‬ ‫ا اآ ، أ‬ . ً ‫ة أو‬ ‫و ب ا‬ ‫اب ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫إد‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ب‬ (‫)5 أ ام‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة…
  • Page 681
    ‫أ‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ذا‬ ‫رة أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ار. إذا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ،‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫دة ا‬ ً ‫اب دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫م ه ا ا‬ ‫.
  • Page 682
    ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫• ا‬ ، ً ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. إذا آ ن ه ك أي‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫رة أ اب ا‬ ‫إ ار أ ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫دون‬ ‫آ…
  • Page 683
    ‫ء‬ ‫ك‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ • ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا دد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ن ا‬ ‫ض‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ — ‫ح‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫م‬…
  • Page 684
    ‫)إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ Remote Start Aborted — Hood Open • ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫د‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫ورة‬ ُ ‫ء ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ُ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫) إ ء‬ ‫ ) ء‬remote start ‫زر‬ ‫ا…
  • Page 685
    ‫رة‬ ‫م إ ار ا‬ ‫• و‬ ،( ‫ )إ ء ا‬unlock ‫زر‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أدر إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأد‬ ‫ )إ ف/إ ف‬STOP/OFF ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ • .(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ودة‬…
  • Page 686
    ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ب ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ • ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك ا‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ،(‫ور‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق( )ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫…
  • Page 687
    ‫»إ اءات ء‬ ‫ت، را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ،‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ • «. ‫»ا ء وا‬ «‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ً . و‬ ‫اج‬ ً ‫دا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج‬…
  • Page 688
    ‫ة ا دد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ن ا‬ :‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫( ا‬RF) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 15 ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫و ت ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( و‬FCC) ‫را‬…
  • Page 689
    ‫ح‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ل إ رة إ ء‬ ‫ف آ ا‬ ‫اء إ رة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ٍ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارئ، أو‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫د ل ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا آ رات – ا‬ •…
  • Page 690
    ‫ج ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ،‫ارئ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫اج‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ى‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا رج‬ ‫ح إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫دون‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫( و‬RKE) ‫دون‬ ُ ‫اب‬…
  • Page 691
    ١٩…
  • Page 692
    ١٨…
  • Page 693
    ١٧…
  • Page 694
    ١٦…
  • Page 695
    ١٥…
  • Page 696
    ١٤…
  • Page 697
    ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2 — ا‬ Uconnect ‫7 — راد‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ( ‫/ا و‬ ‫رات ا و‬ ‫آ )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ١٣…
  • Page 698
    ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ — 5 ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ — 1 ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6 — ذراع‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وق ا زات‬ (‫ا دة‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫3 — ذراع ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ١٢…
  • Page 699
    ‫اء ا‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫3 — ب ا‬ ١١…
  • Page 700
    ‫رات‬ ‫ت/ا‬ ‫4 — ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ /‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫5 — ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫2 — ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫6 — ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫3 — ا‬ ١٠…
  • Page 701
    ٩…
  • Page 702
    ٨…
  • Page 703
    ‫إ اءات ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي د‬ ‫ت‬ ‫وث إ‬ ‫دم أو‬ ‫وث‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اس‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ة. آ‬ ‫و/أو ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ . و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اءة د‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ت ه‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ات وا‬ ‫ا‬…
  • Page 704
    ‫م‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ :‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت د‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر‬ ٦…
  • Page 705
    ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ . و‬ ‫وا‬ ِ ُ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اءة د‬ ‫آ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ِ ‫أو آ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ت أو إد ل أ‬ ‫ر…
  • Page 706
    ‫ت و/أو إد ل ا‬ ‫وا ا‬ ‫آ دا ً أن ى ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫دون ا‬ ‫ر ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ و‬Jeep® ‫رة‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ا‬ . ً ‫، وأ‬MOPAR® ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ات‬ ُ ‫ً وو‬…
  • Page 707
    ٣…
  • Page 708
    ٢…
  • Page 709
    ١…
  • Page 712
    Compass 1 8 M P — 1 2 6 — E N A — A A…

Источник

Поздравляем! Вы приобрели новый авто-
мобиль FCA US LLC ( далее — «FCA US»).
Ваш автомобиль сочетает в себе самые
совершенные и современные техноло-
гии, отличается особым стилем и высо-
ким качеством.

Ваш новый автомобиль FCA US LLC
имеет характеристики, предназначенные
для повышения контроля водителя в оп-
ределенных

условиях

вождения.

Они

предназначены для содействия водителю
и ни при каких обстоятельствах не явля-
ются заменой внимательному вождению.
Они никогда не заменят водителя. Всегда
будьте аккуратны при вождении.

Ваш новый автомобиль снабжен множес-
твом функций, которые направлены на
обеспечение комфорта и уюта для води-
теля и пассажиров. Некоторые из этих
функций не предназначены для использо-
вания во время движения, поскольку от-
влекают вас от дороги и управления авто-
мобилем.

Во

время

движения

запрещается печатать и читать текстовые
сообщения или более чем на секунду от-
водить взгляд от дороги.

Данное руководство демонстрирует и
описывает работу функции и оборудова-
ния, которые входят в стандартную комп-
лектацию или являются опциями на дан-
ном автомобиле. Данное руководство
может также включать описание функций
и оборудования, которые больше не пре-
доставляются или не были заказаны для
данного автомобиля. Просим вас игнори-
ровать те функции и оборудование, кото-
рые описаны в данном руководстве, но не
доступны на данном автомобиле. FCA US
оставляет за собой право вносить изме-
нения в конструкцию, комплектацию и
технические характеристики, и/или вно-
сить дополнения или усовершенствова-
ния в свою продукцию и не принимает при
этом каких-либо обязательств по их уста-
новке на ранее выпущенную продукцию.

Данное руководство пользователя со-
ставлено с тем, чтобы вы могли быстро
ознакомиться с важнейшими особеннос-
тями вашего автомобиля. В нем содер-
жится большая часть информации, кото-
рая вам потребуется для эксплуатации и
обслуживания автомобиля, в том числе
информация о чрезвычайных ситуациях.

Для получения полной информации
для владельца см. Руководство поль-
зователя на www.mopar.eu/owner. Для
вашего удобства, информация, содержа-
щаяся на этом сайте, можно также быть
распечатана и сохранена для использо-
вания в будущем.

FCA US LLC стремится защитить окружаю-
щую среду и природные ресурсы. Благо-
даря переходу от бумажного к электрон-
ному

способу

предоставления

большинства информации для пользова-
теля для вашего автомобиля, мы вносим
существенный вклад в сокращение потреб-
ности в продукции на основе древесины и
снижаем нагрузку на окружающую среду.

Когда настанет время в очередной раз об-
служить ваш автомобиль, помните, что
никто не знает особенности конструкции
автомобиля Jeep® лучше, чем прошедшие
заводскую подготовку специалисты офици-
ального дилера. Дилер располагает всей
необходимой номенклатурой оригиналь-
ных запасных частей MOPAR® и заинтере-
сован в том, чтобы вы были полностью
удовлетворены вашим автомобилем.

ПРИВЕТС

ТВИЕ

ОТ

FCA

US

LLC

1

РЕКОМЕНДАЦИИ ПО
ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЮ
РУКОВОДСТВА

Необходимые сведения

Каждый раз, когда даются инструкции о
направлении (влево/вправо и вперед/
назад) об автомобиле, их следует рас-
сматривать как инструкции, относящиеся
к лицу, сидящему на сиденье водителя.
Особые случаи, не удовлетворяющее
этому правилу, будут надлежащим обра-
зом указаны в тексте.

Иллюстрации в руководстве для вла-
дельца приведены только в качестве при-
мера: это может означать, что некоторые
детали изображения не соответствуют
реальной компоновке вашего автомо-
биля.

Кроме того, руководство было разрабо-
тано с учетом автомобилей с левым рас-
положением рулевого колеса; поэтому
возможно, что на автомобилях с правым
расположением рулевого колеса положе-

ние и конструкция некоторых элементов
управления не являются точным зеркаль-
ным отражением приведенного изобра-
жения.

Для определения главы с необходимой
информацией обращайтесь к алфавит-
ному указателю в конце настоящего руко-
водства.

Также возможно быстрое определение
глав посредством специальных графи-
ческих вкладок в боковой части каждой
нечетной

страницы.

Через

несколько

страниц будет приведен ключ для озна-
комления с последовательностью глав и
соответствующими символами во вклад-
ках. В любом случае в боковой части каж-
дой четной страницы предусмотрено тек-
стовое обозначение текущей главы.

Символы

У некоторых узлов автомобиля имеются
цветные ярлыки, символы на которых ука-
зывают на меры предосторожности, кото-
рые следует соблюдать при использова-
нии данного компонента.

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ ОБ
ОПРОКИДЫВАНИИ

Внедорожные автомобили имеют значи-
тельно более высокие шансы опрокиды-
вания, чем другие типы автомобилей.
Данный автомобиль имеет высокий до-
рожный просвет, и его центр тяжести на-
ходится выше, чем у большинства легко-
вых автомобилей. Он обладает более
высокой эффективностью в различных
ситуациях езды вне дорог. При неосто-
рожном управлении автомобиль может
выйти из-под контроля водителя. В связи
с более высоким расположением центра
тяжести ваш автомобиль может потерять
управляемость и опрокинуться в тех ситу-
ациях, в которых другие автомобили со-
хранят устойчивость.

Избегайте крутых поворотов, резких ма-
невров и иных опасных действий, кото-
рые могут привести к потере управляе-
мости

автомобиля.

Пренебрежение

мерами безопасности при управлении
автомобилем может привести к столкно-

КАК

ПО

ЛЬ

З

ОВ

А

Т

Ь

С

Я

ДАННЫМ

Р

УКОВ

О

ДС

ТВ

ОМ

2

вению, опрокидыванию автомобиля или
послужить причиной серьезных травм
или смерти. Будьте аккуратны при вожде-
нии.

Неиспользование ремней безопасности
водителем и пассажирами является од-
ной из основных причин тяжелых травм и
гибели людей. При опрокидывании опас-
ность погибнуть для непристегнутого че-
ловека гораздо выше, чем для пристегну-
того.

Всегда

пристегивайте

ремни

безопасности.

К СВЕДЕНИЮ ВЛАДЕЛЬЦА
АВТОМОБИЛЯ

НАСТОЯЩЕЕ РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ЭКС-
ПЛУАТАЦИИ АВТОМОБИЛЯ ПОДГОТОВ-
ЛЕНО НА ОСНОВАНИИ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОЙ
ДОКУМЕНТАЦИИ

ИЗГОТОВИТЕЛЯ,

ДЕЙСТВИТЕЛЬНОЙ НА ДАТУ ПОДПИСА-
НИЯ РУКОВОДСТВА В ПЕЧАТЬ. ИЗГОТО-
ВИТЕЛЬ ОСТАВЛЯЕТ ЗА СОБОЙ ПРАВО
В ЛЮБОЕ ВРЕМЯ ПУБЛИКОВАТЬ ИЗМЕ-
НЕНИЯ И ДОПОЛНЕНИЯ.

Это Руководство пользователя было под-
готовлено с помощью специалистов об-
служивания и инженерии, чтобы ознако-
мить вас с эксплуатацией и техническим
обслуживанием вашего нового автомо-
биля. В комплект эксплуатационной доку-
ментации входит Сервисная книжка и
прочие документы, предназначенные для
владельца. Мы настоятельно рекомен-
дуем вам внимательно прочесть всю до-
кументацию, которую вы получили вместе
с автомобилем. Соблюдение инструкций
и рекомендаций этого руководства помо-
жет обеспечить вам безопасное и прият-
ное управление вашим автомобилем.

После того как вы прочитаете руководс-
тво пользователя, сохраните его в авто-
мобиле как удобный справочник и ос-
тавьте его там, когда будете продавать
автомобиль.

Изготовитель оставляет за собой право
вносить изменения в конструкцию, комп-
лектацию и технические характеристики
автомобиля без предварительного уве-
домления и без каких-либо обязательств
со своей стороны проводить аналогичные
изменения на ранее выпущенной продук-
ции.

Руководство пользователя включает в
себя описание всего оборудования, вхо-
дящего в стандартную комплектацию, а
также устанавливаемого на автомобиль в
качестве дополнительной опции. Поэтому
некоторое оборудование и функции, опи-
сываемые в Руководстве, могут отсутс-
твовать на вашем автомобиле.

Ярлык предупреждения об

опрокидывании

КАК

ПО
ЛЬ
З

ОВ
А

Т

Ь

С

Я

ДАННЫМ

Р

УКОВ

О

ДС
ТВ
ОМ

3

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ:
Прежде чем начинать эксплуатировать
автомобиль,

устанавливать

на

него

какие-либо детали или дополнительное
оборудование или производить другие
конструктивные изменения, обязательно
прочтите настоящее Руководство.

Поскольку огромное количество компа-
ний предлагают на рынке запасных час-
тей и аксессуаров свою продукцию, изго-
товитель не в состоянии дать гарантии
того, что безопасность вашего автомо-
биля не пострадает при использовании
подобных запчастей и аксессуаров. Даже
если запасные части какого-либо постав-
щика имеют официальное одобрение
(например, получено общее разрешение
на применение запчасти в автомобилях
или запчасть используется в составе аг-
регатов, имеющих одобрение), или авто-
мобиль после установки такой детали или
узла получил индивидуальное официаль-
ное разрешение на эксплуатацию, нельзя

безоговорочно сделать вывод о том, что
ваш автомобиль сохранит тот же уровень
безопасности, каким он обладал до за-
мены заводских деталей и узлов. Таким
образом, нельзя полагаться ни на мнение
экспертов, ни на заключения официаль-
ных агентств. Изготовитель принимает на
себя полную ответственность только в тех
случаях, когда оригинальные запасные
части или изделия, имеющие четкое
одобрение со стороны изготовителя, ус-
тановлены на автомобиль на станции
официального дилера. То же самое при-
менимо, когда модификации первона-
чального состояния постепенно дела-
ются на заводских автомобилях.

На

любые

неоригинальные

запасные

части, установленные на автомобиль, га-
рантия изготовителя не распространя-
ется. Также гарантия не покрывает стои-
мость каких-либо ремонтов или настроек,
которые могут быть вызваны или необхо-
димы из-за установки или использования

не заводских деталей, компонентов, обо-
рудования, материалов или присадок.
Также гарантии не покрывают стоимость
ремонта повреждений или состояний, вы-
званных какими-либо изменениями ва-
шей машины, которые не соответствуют
требованиям производителей.

ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ ОБ
ОПАСНОСТИ

При чтении данного руководства пользо-
вателя обращайте внимание на ПРЕДУП-
РЕЖДЕНИЯ, которые необходимо выпол-
нять для предотвращения неправильного
использования

элементов,

что

может

стать причиной дорожно-транспортного
происшествия или травмы.

Кроме того, имеются ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕ-
НИЯ, которые необходимо соблюдать
для предотвращения действий, которые
могут привести к повреждению автомо-
биля.

КАК

ПО

ЛЬ

З

ОВ

А

Т

Ь

С

Я

ДАННЫМ

Р

УКОВ

О

ДС

ТВ

ОМ

4

Комментарии

Источник

Скачать инструкцию Инструкция по эксплуатации

Our workshop manual is a fully updated document that will furnish you with the most detailed information about your 2018 Jeep Compass] vehicle. Regardless of what you need information on — whether repair, maintenance or service, or even a step by step procedural guide on rebuilding your engine or simply changing your wiper, — we give you all of it. Feel free to read online or download.

Источник

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Инструкция швейной машинки чайка 142м ножная
  • Мануал для honda integra
  • Теплица из старых рам своими руками без фундамента пошаговая инструкция
  • Фалькон для роз инструкция по применению отзывы
  • Фалькон для роз инструкция по применению отзывы